Professional Documents
Culture Documents
2012 - Preliminary
Index
Main characteristics
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
The ranges
Accessories
Installation
Overall dimensions
Wiring diagrams
Ordering codes
Chapter 2 The ranges Electrical characteristics of automatic circuit-breakers, switch-disconnectors and derived versions.
Chapter 3 Protection trip units Latest generator Ekip protection trip units for power distribution, generator protection and power control.
00000 000 00
Chapter 4 Communication devices and systems Supervision, Energy Management and complete integration in the systems with the possibility of communicating with all the main protocols used in the industrial sector.
Chapter 5 Accessories Accessories for SACE Emax 2 circuitbreakers (signaling, control, interlocks, etc..) and for Ekip protection trip units (connectivity, measurements, protection, etc).
Chapter 6 Installation Installation and circuit-breaker performance in switchgear, installation environment, degree of protection and limiting curves.
Main characteristics
Overview of the SACE Emax 2 family Guide to selection Distinctive features of the series Efficiency Control Connectivity Performance Ease of use and safety Product conformity Approvals and certifications Quality and Sustainability ABB SACE Global Service 1/9 1/10 1/12 1/3 1/4 1/5 1/6 1/7 1/2
Guide to selection
Ranges available
E1.2 Automatic circuit-breakers @ 690-1150 V AC Switch-disconnectors @ 690-1150 V AC, 1000 V DC Sectionalizing truck Earthing switch with making capacity Earthing truck E2.2 E4.2 E6.2
Automatic circuit-breakers
Icu (440Vac) 200 150 100 85 66 50 42 Versione X V H S N C B 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000 6300
E1.2
Switch-disconnectors
Icw (1s) 120 100 85 66 50 42 Version X V H N N B 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000 6300
Distinctive features
SACE Emax 2 is a new series of low voltage air circuit-breakers up to 6300 A. With the ability to efciently and simply control electrical installations from the traditional to the more complex with minimum impact, the new SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers represent the evolution of a circuit-breaker into a Power Manager. Efciency
SACE Emax 2 air circuit-breakers have been designed to manage, with maximum efficiency, all low voltage electrical installations: from industrial plants, naval applications, traditional and renewable power generation installations to buildings, shopping centres, data centres and communication networks. Achieving maximum efficiency of an electrical installation in order to reduce consumption and waste requires intelligent management of power supplies and energy use. For this reason, the new technologies used in the SACE Emax 2 circuitbreakers allow the productivity and reliability of installations to be optimized, and at the same time power consumption to be reduced while fully respecting the environment.
Distinctive features
Control
The exclusive Power Controller function available on the new SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers monitors the power managed by the circuit-breaker, keeping it below the limit set by the user. As a result of this more effective use, the peak of power consumed can be limited allowing savings on electricity bills. The Power Controller, patented by ABB, disconnects non-priority utilities, such as for example electric car charging stations, during the times when consumption limits need to be respected, and connects them again as soon as it is appropriate. When required, it automatically activates auxiliary power supplies such as generator sets. No monitoring system is required: it is sufficient to set the required load limit on Emax 2, which can control any circuit-breaker located downstream, even if it is not equipped with a measurement function. In installations that are already equipped with energy management systems, the load limit can also be modified remotely. SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers are equipped with a new generation of protection trip units that are easy to programme and read. The Ekip Touch trip units measure power and energy with precision and save the most recent alarms, events and measurements in order to prevent faults to the installation or trip effectively when necessary. On request, the Network Analyzer function is also available, which controls the quality of absorbed power in real time and with extreme precision. In addition, the innovative Ekip Touch and Hi Touch trip units in the G version include all the functions of generator protection switchgear, offering a safe control solution that is ready to use. No external devices, wiring and inspections are required.
Connectivity
SACE Emax 2 series circuit-breakers can be integrated perfectly into all automation and energy management systems to improve productivity and energy consumption and to carry out remote service. All circuit-breakers can be equipped with communication units available for use with Modbus, Profibus, and Devicenet protocols as well as the modern Modbus TCP, Profinet and Ethernet IP protocols. The cartridge-type modules can be easily installed directly on the terminal box, even at a later date. Furthermore, the integrated IEC61850 communication module enables connection to automation systems widely used in medium voltage power distribution to create intelligent networks (Smart Grids). Accurate measurements of current, voltage, power and energy are all available by means of the communication modules. The trip units themselves can be used as multimeters that display the measurements available, or the Ekip Multimeter can be connected in the front of the switchgear without the need for external instruments and bulky transformers. All circuit-breaker functions are also accessible via the Internet, in complete safety, through the Ekip Link switchgear supervision system and the Ekip Control Panel operator panel. The power and auxiliary connections are optimized to simplify connection to the switchgear. The power terminals, which can be oriented horizontally or vertically, have been designed for the most common busbars, while the push-in connections of the auxiliaries ensure immediate and safe wiring.
Distinctive features
Performance
The SACE Emax 2 range is made up of 4 sizes: E1.2, E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2 up to 6300A, which enable switchgear of compact dimensions and high ratings to be built, with busbars of reduced length and cross-section. The protection trip units, auxiliary connections and main accessories are the same throughout the range to simplify design and installation. Furthermore, the sizes from E2.2 to E6.2 have the same height and depth. The rating levels are updated and uniform throughout the sizes to meet the demands and needs of todays installations, from 42kA to 200kA, and to standardize switchgear projects. High short-time currents, together with the efciency of the protection functions, guarantee complete selectivity in all situations. Accurate design and choice of materials enable optimization of the overall dimensions of the circuit-breaker. In this way switchgear of compact dimensions can be built and outstanding savings at the same performance can be obtained. In particular: E1.2 offers 1,600A with breaking capacity up to 66kA and withstand current of 50kA for 1 second in an extremely compact structure. In the three and four pole version, it offers the sturdiness of SACE Emax with reduced dimensions and enables switchgear of 66kA to be built in units of 400, which is indispensable in places where reduced dimensions are essential, such as naval and offshore installations. E2.2 enables in the three pole version ratings of up to 2,500A to be achieved in switchgear with a width of 400mm. In addition, it provides shortcircuit currents up to 100kA and 85kA for 1 second. E4.2 is the new 4,000A circuit-breaker designed to withstand high currents with a withstand rating of 100kA for 1 second without the need for particular precautions. E6.2 is the top of the range, with an interrupting rating of 200kA and a structure that allows 6,300A to be reached, even in complex installation conditions.
Distinctive features
1 3 4 9 5 7
8 6
Key 1 Trademark and size of circuit- breaker 2 SACE Ekip protection trip unit 3 Pushbutton for manual opening 4 Pushbutton for manual closing 5 Lever to manually charge closing springs 6 Electrical rating plate 7 Mechanical device to signal circuit-breaker open O and closed I 8 Signal for springs charged or discharged 9 Mechanical signalling of overcurrent release tripped
Product conformity
SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers and their accessories conform to IEC 60947, EN 60947 international Standard
Approvals and certifications SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers and their accessories conform to the international IEC 60947, EN 60947 (harmonized in 30 CENELEC countries), CEI EN 60947 and IEC 61000 Standards and comply with the following EC directives: Low Voltage Directives (LVD) no. 2006/95/EC Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive (EMC) no. 2004/108/EC. The ABB air circuit-breakers include a range that has been certified according to American UL 1066 Standards; it is also certified by the Russian certification body GOST (Russia Certificate of Conformity) and has achieved China CCC Certification (China Compulsory Certification). Certification of conformity with the above-mentioned product Standards is carried out in compliance with the European EN 45011 Standard by the Italian certification body ACAE (Association for the Certification of Electrical Equipment),which is recognized by the European organization LOVAG (Low Voltage Agreement Group), and by the Swedish Intertek SEMKO certification organization Intertek Semko which is recognized by the international organization IECEE.
The main versions of the devices are about to be approved by the following shipping registers
For the types of certified circuit-breakers, certified ratings and corresponding validity, please contact ABB SACE.
ABB catalogue | 1SDC200023D0201 | 1/9
Product conformity
Quality and Sustainability: company efciency and integrated management systems. Quality, Sustainability and Customer Satisfaction have always been ABB SACEs major commitment.
The involvement of all company departments and organization of processes have led the company to develop, implement and certify management systems in compliance with international Standards: ISO 9001 for quality management IRIS for the quality of supplies in the railway sector (International Railway Industry Standards) ISO 14001 for environmental management OHSAS 18001 for the management of the health and safety of employees in the workplace SA 8000 for the management of social responsibility.
The ABB SACE testing laboratory, accredited by ACCREDIA in compliance with ISO/IEC 17025 Standard, provides both ABB and external customers with a qualied service for performing certication tests on devices and electric equipment of low and medium voltage in accordance with the relevant product Standards.
Thanks to the implementation of systems and their integration (Integrated Management System), ABB SACE, with a view to continuous improvement, has implemented processes with a focus on: quality, preventing defects and faults along the entire supply chain environment, reviewing production processes in terms of ecology and waste reduction, rationalizing the consumption of raw materials and energy, preventing pollution, containing noise emissions and reducing the quantity of rejects in the production processes health and safety of employees, offering a healthy and safe workplace in all of the various stages of work with a zero accident objective social responsibility, guaranteeing the respect of human rights and the absence of any discrimination throughout the supply chain, and offering a favourable and transparent working atmosphere. A further commitment aimed at safeguarding the environment has been achieved by assessing products life cycles (LCA, Life Cycle Assessment): this includes the assessment and improvement of the environmental performance of products from the engineering stage throughout their entire life cycle. The materials, processes and packaging used are chosen with a view to optimising the actual environmental impact of each product, including its energy efficiency and recyclability.
ABBs technical assistance service offers solutions aimed at supporting the customer in all stages of the lifespan of the circuit-breaker in service and covering the entire chain of value; ABB is present from the moment of selection to the end of the life of the product, thereby guaranteeing the investments of its customers.
ABB supplies annual updates regarding the evolution of the circuit-breaker ranges (Life Cycle Management) and for each product it provides details of associated services and the level of support available, so that customers can chose the products and spare parts best suited to their needs. ABBs organisation offers services that include installation and commissioning, technical training on the use and maintenance of products, the supply of original spare parts, corrective and preventive maintenance, equipment diagnostics, modernisation of systems with upgrades and retrofitting kits, consultancy services and personalised maintenance and service contracts. All this is supported by one of the most extensive global sales and service networks. Retrofitting kit Through continuous research targeted at the needs of the customer, ABB SACE Service has developed innovative retrofitting kits in order to simplify and speed up installation of a new circuit-breaker, updating the customers investment with the latest technology available and with very limited down times. The retrofitting kit between Emax2 and Emax is a retrofill solution: it is therefore possible to replace the withdrawable version of Emax with an equivalent Emax2 model without changing the switchboard busbars, by simply removing the fixed part of Emax replacing it with a fixed part of Emax2 which has been suitably modified with dedicated terminals.
The Ranges
2/2 2/4
SACE Emax 2 switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1000 V DC SACE Emax 2 derived versions 2/10 2/12
Common data Rated service voltage Ue Rated insulation voltage Ui Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Frequency Number of poles Version Isolation behaviour SACE Emax 2 Performance levels Rated uninterrupted current Iu @ 40C [A] [A] [A] [A] [A] [A] [A] Neutral pole current-carrying capacity for 4-pole CBs Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Icu 400-415 V 440 V 500-525 V 690 V Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity Ics Rated short-time withstand current Icw Rated short-circuit making capacity (peak value) Icm (1s) (3s) 400-415 V 440 V 500-525 V 690 V Utilization category (according to IEC 60947-2) Breaking Dimensions Breaking time for I<Icw Breaking time for I>Icw H - Fixed/Withdrawable D - Fixed/Withdrawable W - Fixed 3p/4p/4p FS Withdrawable 3p/4p/4p FS
1) Ics : 50kA for 400V440V voltage
[V] [V]
690 1000
[kV] 12 [Hz] 50 - 60 3- 4 Fixed - Withdrawable IEC 60947-2 E1.2 B 630 800 1000 1250 1600 C 630 800 1000 1250 1600 N 250 630 800 1000 1250 1600 100 42 42 42 42 100 42 24 97 97 97 97 B 40 25 [mm] [mm] [mm] 296/363.5 183/271 100 50 50 42 42 100 42 24 115 115 97 97 B 40 25 296/363.5 183/271 100 66 66 50 50 1001) 50 36 152 152 115 115 B 40 25 296/363.5 183/271 100 150 130 100 60 100 15 345 299 230 138 A 40 10 296/363.5 183/271 L 630 800 1000 1250
[%Iu] [kA] [kA] [kA] [kA] [%Icu] [kA] [kA] [kA] [kA] [kA] [kA]
210/280 | 278/348
SACE Emax 2 Mechanical and electrical life with regular ordinary maintenance prescribed by the manufacturer Frequency Electrical life 440 V 690 V Frequency [Iu] [No.oper.x 1000] [Oper./Hour] [No.oper.x 1000] [No.oper.x 1000] [Oper./Hour]
E2.2 B 1600 2000 N 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 100 42 42 42 42 100 42 42 97 97 97 97 B 40 25 371/425 270/383 100 66 66 66 66 100 66 50 152 152 152 152 B 40 25 371/425 270/383 S 250 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 100 85 85 66 66 100 66 50 196 196 152 152 B 40 25 371/425 270/383 100 100 100 85 85 100 85 75 230 230 196 196 B 40 25 371/425 270/383 H 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500
E4.2 N 3200 4000 S 3200 4000 H 3200 4000 V 2000 2500 3200 4000
E6.2 H 4000 5000 6300 V 4000 5000 6300 X 4000 5000 6300
100 100 100 85 85 100 85 75 230 230 196 196 B 40 25 371/425 270/383
100 150 150 100 100 100 100 75 345 345 230 230 B 40 25 371/425 270/383
50-100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 230 230 230 230 B 40 25 371/425 270/383
50-100 150 150 130 100 100 100 100 345 345 299 230 B 40 25 371/425 270/383
50-100 200 200 130 120 100 120 100 460 460 299 276 B 40 25 371/425 270/383
276/366 | 317/407
384/510 | 425/551
762/888 | 803/929/1069
Switch-disconnectors, identified with the abbreviation /MS, are devices that satisfy the isolating specifications provided by the IEC 60947-3 Standard. The switch-disconnectors are derived from the corresponding automatic circuit-breakers, and they have the same dimensions and accessory options. This version differs from the automatic circuit-breakers only because of the absence of protection trip units.
Common data Rated service voltage Ue Rated insulation voltage Ui Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Frequency Number of poles Version Isolation behaviour SACE Emax 2 Performance levels Rated uninterrupted current Iu @ 40C [A] [A] [A] [A] [A] [A] Neutral pole current-carrying capacity for 4-pole CBs Rated short-time withstand current Icw Rated short-circuit making capacity (peak value) Icm (1s) (3s) 400-415 V 440 V 500-525 V 690 V Utilization category (according to IEC 60947-3) Dimensions H - Fixed / Withdrawable D - Fixed / Withdrawable W - Fixed 3p/4p/4p FS Withdrawable 3p/4p/4p FS [mm] [mm] [mm] [%Iu] [kA] [kA] [kA] [kA] [kA] [kA] 100 42 24 97 97 97 97 AC-23A 296 / 363.5 183 / 271 210 / 280 | 278 / 348 [V] [V] [kV] [Hz] 690 1000 12 50 - 60 3- 4 Fixed - Withdrawable IEC 60947-3 E1.2 B/MS 630 800 1000 1250 1600 N/MS 250 630 800 1000 1250 1600 100 50 36 115 115 115 115 AC-23A 296 / 363.5 183 / 271
SACE Emax 2 Mechanical and electrical life with regular ordinary maintenance prescribed by the manufacturer Frequency Electrical life 440 V 690 V Frequency [Iu] [No.oper.x 1000] [Oper./Hour] [No.oper.x 1000] [No.oper.x 1000] [Oper./Hour]
The device, when in the open position, guarantees an isolating distance between the main contacts of the circuit-breaker that is sufficient to ensure that the installation downstream is not live. Furthermore the switch-disconnectors, if used with an external protection relay with maximum delay of 500ms, enable a breaking capacity at a maximum rated operating voltage (Ue) equal to the value of rated short-time withstand current (Icw) for one second.
E2.2 B/MS 1600 2000 N/MS 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 100 42 42 97 97 97 97 AC-23A 371 / 425 270 / 383 100 66 50 152 152 152 152 AC-23A 371 / 425 270 / 383 H/MS 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 100 85 75 196 196 196 196 AC-23A 371 / 425 270 / 383
E4.2 N/MS 3200 4000 H/MS 3200 4000 V/MS 2000 2500 3200 4000
100 66 36 152 152 152 152 AC-23A 371 / 425 270 / 383
100 85 75 196 196 196 196 AC-23A 371 / 425 270 / 383
100 100 75 230 230 230 230 AC-23A 371 / 425 270 / 383
50-100 100 100 230 230 230 230 AC-23A 371 / 425 270 / 383
50-100 120 100 276 276 276 276 AC-23A 371 / 425 270 / 383
Common data Rated service voltage Ue Rated insulation voltage Ui Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Frequency Number of poles Version Isolation behaviour SACE Emax 2 Performance levels Rated uninterrupted current Iu @ 40C [A] [A] [A] [A] [A] [A] Neutral pole current-carrying capacity for 4-pole CBs Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Icu 1000 V 1150 V [%Iu] [kA] [kA] [%Icu] [kA] [kA] [kA] [kA] 100 30 25 100 25 25 69 58 B [V] [V] [kV] [Hz] 1150 1250 12 50 - 60 3- 4 Fixed - Withdrawable IEC 60947-2 E1.2 N/E 630 800 1000 1250 1600
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity Ics Rated short-time withstand current Icw (1s) (3s) Rated short-circuit making capacity (peak value) Icm 1000 V 1150 V
SACE Emax 2 Mechanical and electrical life with regular ordinary maintenance prescribed by the manufacturer Frequency Electrical life 1150 V Frequency [Iu] [No.oper.x 1000] [Oper./Hour] [No.oper.x 1000] [Oper./Hour]
E2.2 H/E 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 100 30 30 100 30 30 69 58 B
Common data Rated service voltage Ue Rated insulation voltage Ui Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Frequency Number of poles Version Isolation behaviour SACE Emax 2 Performance levels Rated uninterrupted current Iu @ 40C [A] [A] [A] [A] [A] [A] Neutral pole current-carrying capacity for 4-pole CBs Rated short-time withstand current Icw Rated short-circuit making capacity (peak value) Icm (1s) (3s) 1000 V 1150 V [%Iu] [kA] [kA] [kA] [kA] 100 25 25 58 58 [V] [V] [kV] [Hz] 1150 1250 12 50 - 60 3- 4 Fixed - Withdrawable IEC 60947-3 E1.2 N/E MS 630 800 1000 1250 1600
SACE Emax 2 Mechanical and electrical life with regular ordinary maintenance prescribed by the manufacturer Frequency Electrical life 1150 V Frequency [Iu] [No.oper.x 1000] [Oper./Hour] [No.oper.x 1000] [Oper./Hour]
Common data Rated service voltage Ue Rated insulation voltage Ui Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Number of poles Version Isolation behaviour [V] [V] [kV] 750 (3p) / 1000 (4p) 1000 12 3- 4 Fixed - Withdrawable IEC 60947-3
SACE Emax 2 Performance levels Rated uninterrupted current Iu @ 40C [A] [A] [A] [A] [A] [A] Poles Rated service voltage Ue Rated insulation voltage Ui Rated short-time withstand current Icw Rated short-circuit making capacity (peak value) Icm Utilization category (according to IEC 60947-3) (1s) 750 V 1000 V [kA] [kA] [kA]
3 750 1000 20 46
4 750 1000 25 58
4 1000 1000 20 46 46
SACE Emax 2 Mechanical and electrical life with regular ordinary maintenance prescribed by the manufacturer Frequency Electrical life 1000 V Frequency [Iu] [No.oper.x 1000] [Oper./Hour] [No.oper.x 1000] [Oper./Hour]
Note: by means of external protection relay with 500 ms maximum timing, the breaking capacity Icu at the maximum rated use voltage is equal to the value of Icw (1s).
3 750 1000 25 58
4 750 1000 40 92
4 1000 1000 25 58 58
3 750 1000 40 92
4 1000 1000 40 92 92
Safety is an indispensable requirement that must always be guaranteed in electrical installations. In this regard, ABB SACE offers devices developed to further increase safety standards during inspection and maintenance activities on electrical installations. In particular, in a withdrawable version, ABB SACE Emax 2 offers:
Sectionalizing truck CS: in normal operating conditions of the electrical circuit, this device is inserted in the fixed part and short-circuits the upper and lower terminals of the power circuit. When maintenance activities need to be carried out, the sectionalizing truck is removed and the part of the system involved is isolated. The device can be accessorised with a keylock and padlocks for locking in the withdrawn position.
Earthing truck MT: this device enables all phases of the electrical circuit in which maintenance needs to be performed to be earthed 1). The earthing truck is available in two versions: for earth connection from the upper or lower terminals.
Earthing switch with making capacity MTP: similar to the MT device, this differs due to the presence of a mechanical stored energy control which allows the circuit to be opened and closed. Two versions of this earthing switch are also available: for earth connection from the upper or lower terminals. It can also be accessorised with a keylock or padlocks for locking in the open position.
1) The earthing circuit is dimensioned for a short-time current equal to 60% of the maximum Icw of the circuit-breaker from which it is derived (IEC 60439-1)
Common data Rated service voltage Ue Rated insulation voltage Ui Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Frequency Number of poles Version SACE Emax 2 Performance levels Rated uninterrupted current Iu @ 40C Neutral pole current-carrying capacity for 4-pole CBs Rated short-time withstand current Icw (1s) [kA] [V] [V] [kV] [Hz] 690 1000 12 50 - 60 3-4 Withdrawable E2.2 CS 2500 100 MT 2500 100 30 MTP 2500 100 30 E4.2 CS 4000 100 MT 4000 100 50 MTP 4000 100 50 E6.2 CS 6300 50-100 MT 6300 50-100 50 MTP 6300 50-100 50
Other versions Corrosive substances, vibrations, shocks or very low temperatures can be present in particular applications. In this regard, SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers offer specific solutions developed precisely for: Aggressive environments, such as industrial processes for paper production, oil refining or water treatment, which are subject to high levels of sulphur dioxide (SO2) and hydrogen sulphide (H2S) contamination. Antiseismic installations, for areas with seismic risk where industrial and civil activities take place and where the continuity of critical processes must be guaranteed even in the case of particular natural events. Low temperatures, in particular regions or installations, such as external switchgear for building yards or wind farms, where the temperatures may be extreme. Variable frequency, for applications such as wind turbine, mini-hydro power plants, and wave-motion with frequency from 1 Hz to 200 Hz.
Introduction Architecture Protection trip units for power distribution Ekip Dip Ekip Touch Ekip Hi-Touch Protection trip units for generators Ekip G Touch Ekip G Hi-Touch Protection trip units for power control Ekip Power Controller Technical characteristics for protection trip units Protection functions Measurement functions
3/2 3/4
3/24 3/29
3/32
3/38 3/46
Fields of applications Ekip Dip Ekip Touch Ekip Hi-Touch Ekip G Touch Ekip G Hi-Touch Generators Distribution
Measurement and Protection of Voltage, Power, Energy with Ekip Measuring Pro
Network Analyzer
Power Control with Ekip Power Controller with Ekip Power Controller
Ekip Power Controller function monitors installation loads and generators, permitting the power consumed to be limited and allowing savings on electricity bills.
The protection units for power distribution, available in the LI, LSI and LSIG versions, are suited to all distribution systems. The Ekip trip units are designed to protect a vast range of applications, such as use with transformers, motors and drives. Ekip Dip, Ekip Touch or Ekip Hi-Touch can be selected, depending on the complexity of the system, the need to take voltage or energy measurements or to include control systems in switchgear. Ekip G enables the protection of generators without the use of external devices that require dedicated relays and wiring. Ekip G increases efficiency from the design stage to installation, minimizing the time needed for realization and commissioning of the system, and ensuring high levels of accuracy and reliability of all protection devices required for running generators in applications such as naval, GenSet or cogeneration. Ekip Power Controller is the new function that controls the power absorbed, thereby increasing the efficiency of the system. This ABB SACE patented function measures power and energy but also controls, without the use of complex external automation logic, loads and generators in order to optimize the power consumed. Thanks to the Network Analyzer function integrated in all Hi-Touch versions, the quality of energy in terms of harmonics, micro-interruptions or voltage dips without the need for dedicated instrumentation. This allows effective preventive and corrective action to be implemented through accurate analysis of the faults, thereby improving the efficiency of the system.
Ekip G enables the protection of generators without the use of external devices that require dedicated relays and wiring.
All protection trip units of the SACE Emax 2 family are self-powered by current that crosses the circuit-breaker. They guarantee excellent reliability thanks to a system of self-control of internal connections. The setting, testing and downloading of reports can be carried out directly from a Smartphone, Tablet or PC.
In addition, the commissioning stage can be further accelerated, minimizing the possibility of errors, by directly configuring the protection trip unit with the DOC design software settings. Cartridge-type modules that are easily installed on-board enable the units to be integrated into the most complex systems. Additional functions can be created, such as: Synchrocheck , to check the synchronization of the two half-busbars before enabling circuit-breaker closing; Communication with all supervision systems available in the Modbus, Profibus and Devicenet protocols as well as the modern Modbus TCP, Profinet and Ethernet/IP protocols; Integration into Smart Grids thanks to the possibility of communicating without the assistance of any external converter, according to standards (IEC 61850) already in use in the automation systems of high and medium voltage substations; Multi-voltage supply module, which enables the protection trip unit and modules present to be supplied with any auxiliary voltage available in direct or alternating current; Programmable logic management thanks to Ekip Signalling modules that make a high number of electrical input and output contacts; Logical interlocks between circuit-breakers, which can be made with the Ekip Link proprietary communication protocol, avoiding complex wiring thanks to the transmission of all signals via bus; Increase of current-carrying capacity in switchgear of the circuit-breaker by means of Ekip Fan which continuously monitors the internal temperature at the fixed part and activates cooling fans if the temperature is too high.
1 2
3 5
Key: 1. Power-on LED for signalling correct operation (watchdog) 2. LEDs for alarm signalling of L, S, I and G protection functions and diagnostics 3. Dip switches for setting the protection functions
4. Dip switches for setting the network frequency and neutral protection device 5. Pushbutton for test and for indicating the cause of tripping 6. Test and programming connector
I I t t
50% 200% 100%I3
L S II
Protection functions t I2 Dip offers overcurrent protection functions and, in the event of tripping, controls the opening of the circuit-breaker, Ekip t2 t preventing it from closing again unless it has been reset by the operator (lockout device code ANSI 86T). I4
t4 I7 t7 I1 t1
steadyI3 state I7
I I I
t t t t
Overload (L - ANSI 49): with inverse long-time delay trip of the type l2t = k available with 25 current thresholds and 8 curves, it provides effective protection of all systems. A pre-alarm warning is also available on reaching 90% of the threshold set.
start-up
t7
I I I I
t t t t
Selective short-circuit (S - ANSI 51): with constant tripping time (t = k), or with constant specific letthrough energy (t = k/l 2), it provides 15 current thresholds and 8 curves, for fine adjustment. The function can be excluded by setting the dip switch combination to OFF.
L t2
I7
I t7
I I
t t t t
I I
t1 L S start-up I
I4 t4
Thermal memory: for L and S protection functions, this is used to protect components, such as transformers, from overheating following an overload. The function, which can be enabled by the Ekip Connect software, adjusts the protection tripping time according to the length of time that has elapsed since the first overload, taking into account the amount of heat generated.
I I I I
t t t t
Instantaneous short-circuit (l - ANSI 50): with tripping curve without intentional delay, it offers 15 tripping thresholds and can be excluded by setting the dip switch combination to OFF.
S II t7
I3 L t4 I7
t t t t
I2 state I4
I I I
I3
steady start-up
Earth fault (G - ANSI 51N): with tripping time independent of current (t = k) or constant specific letthrough energy (t = k/l 2). The function can be excluded by setting the dip switch combination to OFF.
t2 t4
I I I I
t t t t
I1 I2
t1 L S
Neutral protection: available at 50%, 100% or 200% of the phase currents, or disabled, it is applied to the overcurrent protections L, S and I.
I
II
I I
t t t
I1 t1
I2 I4 t2 t4
I I
Watchdog All the protection trip units of the SACE Emax 2 family ensure high reliability owing to an electronic circuit that periodically controls the continuity of the internal connections (trip coil, rating plug and current sensors). In the event of a malfunction, the LEDs indicate the corresponding alarm to enable the fault to be identied rapidly. Furthermore, Ekip Dip detects and indicates that the circuitbreaker has been opened because one of the protection functions has been tripped (Ansi BF code). In order to preserve the correct operation of the unit, Ekip Dip is also provided with self-protection against abnormal temperature (OT) inside the protection trip unit. The user can set it to open the circuit-breaker or to merely indicate an alarm.
User interface Ekip offers a great variety of thresholds and trip times, the protections can be set by dip-switches. Up to 5 LEDs are also available (depending on the version) to indicate correct operation or alarms. The interface always enables the status of the installation to be identified clearly and quickly: correct operation (green LED) overcurrent pre-alarms or alarms presence of self-control functions alarms maintenance interval expired indication of tripped protection after a fault The protection tripped indication is activated by pressing the iTest key, and operates without the need of an external power supply because a battery is installed inside the unit.
Communication The Ekip Bluetooth wireless communication unit enables the operator to interact with the protection trip unit by computer, Smartphone or Tablet. In fact, the free Ekip Connect software for Smartphones, Tablets and PC, enables measurements and fault data to be read and alarm status and information on the circuit-breaker or maintenance to be displayed. It is also possible to set parameters such as date, time and thermal memory and for the records to be reset.
Test function The test port on the front of the protection trip unit can be used to run the circuit-breaker tests by connecting one of the following devices: Ekip TT to run the trip test, the LEDs test and check absence of alarms detected by the watchdog function; Ekip T&P to permit not only the trip test and LEDs test but also to run the test of the individual protection functions and save the relative report. Ekip T&P complements the Ekip Connect functions, making it possible to read and set the parameters that can be used by Ekip Bluetooth; ITest key that is pressed to run the battery test when the circuit-breaker is disconnected.
Supply The Ekip Dip protection trip unit does not require an external supply for the protection functions or for the alarm indication functions because it is self-supplied by the current sensors installed on the circuit-breaker. A three-phase 100A current suffices to activate the protection functions. The Ekip Supply module enables an auxiliary supply to be easily connected and is able to receive both a direct current supply (24-48VDC or 110-240VDC) and an alternating current (110-240VAC) to activate additional functions such as: G protection at values below 100A or below 0.2 In; connecting to external devices such as Ekip Multimeter and Ekip Control Panel; recording the number of operations. The Ekip Dip protection trip unit also has a battery that enables the indication of the cause of the fault to be viewed for an unlimited time after tripping. In addition to that, the battery enables date and time to be maintained and updated, thus ensuring the chronology of the events. When Ekip DIP is running it automatically indicates the presence of a low battery, owing to an internal control circuit. On the other hand, when the unit is switched off, the battery test can be run by simply pressing the iTest key.
Supply Voltage Tolerance Rated power (including modules) Inrush current Ekip Supply 24-48V DC 19,2 - 60V DC 10W ~10 A for 5 ms 110-240V AC/DC 105-265V AC/DC 10W ~10 A for 5 ms
Whenever cartridge modules are not used in the terminal box area, the trip unit can be supplied by means of a galvanically isolated 24V DC auxiliary voltage.
2 3 4 5 1 6
Key: 1. Wide high-resolution colour touchscreen display 2. Power-on LED to indicate correct operation (watchdog) 3. Pre-alarm LED
4. Alarm LED 5. Home pushbutton to return to home page 6. Pushbutton for test and indicating cause of trip 7. Test and programming connector
I t
50% 200% 100%
L S
Protection functions I all the protection functions to be set with a few simple steps directly from the wide touchscreen display. If Ekip Touch enables the circuit breaker is tripped it must be reset manually or electrically by the operator (lockout relay code ANSI 86T).
t t t
I4
Extremely Inverse t4 I7 Very Inverse Standard Inverse
t7
I I I
t t t t
steadyI3 state I7 start-up
Overload (L - ANSI 49): available with three different types of trip curve: 1. l2t = k with inverse long time; 2. IDMT in accordance with IEC 60255-3 for coordination with medium voltage protections, that are available according to the Standard Inverse (SI), Very Inverse (VI) and Extremely Inverse (EI) curves; 3. with l 4t = k curve for better coordination with upstream circuit-breakers or with fuses.
The thresholds can be fine tuned (for example 1A for circuit-breaker E1.2 1000A) and the timings to the second can be set directly from the display. The settable pre-alarm indicates the set threshold is reached before the protection is tripped. The protection can be disabled by rating plug L=off.
U8
t7
I I I I
t t t t t
t8
steady state start-up 50% 200% I2100%
Selective short-circuit (S - ANSI 51): ): with constant trip time (t = k), or constant specific let-through energy (t = k/l 2).
UV
L t2
I7
S U8 t7
I t8
I I
OV
Thermal memory: for protections L and S it is used to protect the components, such as transformers, against overheating following overloads. The protection adjusts the trip time of the protection according to how much time has elapsed after the first overload, taking account of the overheating caused.
t t t t t
t1 L
start-up S
I I I
I4 t4 f12
I I I I I
UF
Instantaneous short-circuit (l - ANSI 50): with trip curve without intentional delay. Closing on short-circuit (MCR): the protection uses the same algorithm of the protection l, limiting operation to a settable time window from the closing of the circuit-breaker. The protection can be disabled, also alternatively to protection l. The function is active with an auxiliary supply.
t12
t t t t
I3 L t4 f13S
I I
t13
OF
t t t
I2 I4
I I I
I3
mean
t2 t4
U14
t t t
U1 I1 I2
U2
U3
I I I
Earth fault (G - ANSI 51N): with trip time independent of the current (t = k) or with constant specific let-through energy (t = k/l 2). A pre-alarm indication is also available when 90% of the threshold is reached to activate corrective measures before the protection is tripped. The function also enables the trip to be excluded so that only the alarm is indicated, for use in installations where continuity of service is an essential requirement.
voltage unbalance
V1 t1 t2 I3
I t t
V3 I1 t1 V2
senso ciclico
ABB catalogue | 1SDC200023D0201 | 3/11
I I
I2
I t t
50% 200% 100%
I I
t t
steady state
start-up
I4 t4
Earth fault on toroid (G ext - ANSI 51G): ): with trip time independent of the current (t = k) or with constant specic let-through energy (t = k/l2). Pre-alarm that 90% threshold has been reached permit the fault to be reported to supervision systems without interruption of continuity. The protection uses the external toroid installed, for example, on the star centre of the transformer, and is an alternative to the G and Rc functions. The function is active with an auxiliary supply.
I I
t t t
50% 200% 100%I3
L S I t7
Neutral protection: available at 50%, 100%, 150% or 200% of the phase currents, or disabled, it is applied to the overcurrent protections L, S and I.
I7
I I I
t t t
steady I2 state
start-up
I4
t2 t4
I I I
t t t
Start-up function: enables protections S, I and G to operate with higher trip thresholds during the starting phase, avoiding untimely trips due to high inrush currents of certain loads (motors, transformers, lamps). The starting phase lasts 100 ms to 30 s and is recognized automatically by the trip unit: at the closing of the circuit-breaker with a self-supplied trip unit; when the peak value of the maximum current exceeds the set threshold (0.110 x In) with an externally supplied trip unit; a new start-up is possible after the current falls below the threshold.
I1
50% 200% 100%
t1
I3 L S
t
I7
I I I
Current unbalance (IU ANSI 46): with constant trip time (t = k), protects from an unbalance between the currents of the single phases protected by the circuit breaker.
t t
I2 I4 t2
t7
I I
Zone 2
t t
I1 t1 I3
50% 200% 100%
Zone selectivity for S and G protection (ANSI 68): can be used to minimize circuit-breaker trip times closer to the fault. The protection is provided by connecting all the zone selectivity outputs of the trip units belonging to the same zone and taking this signal to the trip unit input that is immediately upstream. Each circuit-breaker that detects a fault reports it to the circuit-breaker upstream; the circuit-breaker thus detects the fault but does not receive any communication from those downstream and opens without waiting for the set delay to elapse. It is possible to enable zone selectivity if the fixed-time curve has been selected and the auxiliary supply is present.
Zone 3
Zone 1
L S
I I
I
t
I2
I t
I4 t4 t2
Current thresholds: this function enables the realization of four independent thresholds to be indicated in order to enable corrective action implementation before the overload L protection trips the circuit-breaker. For example, by disconnecting loads located downstream of the circuit-breaker that are controlled by Ekip Signalling.
Power Controller: Power controller function (optional) with Ekip Measuring module.
I1 t1
Protection functions with Ekip Measuring Pro The Ekip Touch protection functions can be further increased by using the Ekip Measuring Pro measuring and protection module. With this module, all the protection functions linked to voltage, frequency and power can be enabled, thus making Ekip Touch a multifunction unit that can measure, control and protect even the most complex installation. A different operating mode can be chosen for each protection function: 1. Active: protection enabled by opening of the circuit-breaker when the threshold is reached; 2. Only alarm: protection active, with only alarm indication when the threshold is reached; 3. Deactivated: protection disabled. Furthermore, when the voltage and frequency protections are activated, they indicate an alarm status even when the circuit-breaker is open so that a fault can be identified before the circuit-breaker closes.
t t t t
Extremely Inverse Very Inverse Extremely Inverse Standard Inverse Very Inverse Extremely Inverse Standard Inverse Very Inverse Standard Inverse Extremely Inverse Very Inverse Standard Inverse
t t t t
t8 t8 t8
I I I I
8 8 8 8
Minimum voltage (UV - ANSI 27): with constant trip time (t = k), function is tripped when phase voltage falls below set threshold.
U8 U8 U8 U8
t t t t
t8
I I I I
UV UV UV UV
Maximum voltage (OV - ANSI 59): with constant trip time (t = k), function is tripped when phase voltage exceeds the set threshold.
U8 U8 U8 t8
U8 t8 t8
t t t t
t12 t12 t12
t8
I I I I
OV OV OV OV
Minimum frequency (UF - ANSI 81L): with constant trip time (t = k), function is tripped when network frequency falls below set threshold.
t t t t
I I I I
UF UF UF UF
Maximum frequency (OF - ANSI 81H): ): with constant trip time (t = k), function is tripped when network frequency exceeds the set threshold.
I I I
OF OF OF OF
mean I mean
U14 mean
mean
U14 U14
U1 U1 U1 U1
U2 U2 U2 V1 U2 V1 V1 V1
U3 U14 U3 U3 U3
voltage unbalance voltage unbalance voltage unbalance voltage unbalance senso ciclico senso ciclico senso ciclico senso ciclico
ABB catalogue | 1SDC200023D0201 | 3/13
V3 V3 V3 V3
V2 V2 V2 V2
t12
I t
mean
Voltage unbalance (VU ANSI 47): with constant trip time (t = k), protects against an unbalance between the voltages of the individual phases that are protected by the circuit-breaker.
U14
voltage unbalance 8
U1
3
PE
V1
L1 L2 L3 N
I t
V3 V2
Residual current (Rc ANSI 64): protects against indirect contacts and is integrated into Ekip Touch by a dedicated residual current rating plug and external toroid. The protection is an alternative to the functions G and Gext.
senso ciclico
LOAD U8
t8
UV
I
t
U8 t8 RP
M
Reverse active power (RP - ANSI 32RP): with constant trip time (t = k), function is tripped when total active power in the opposite direction of the current - exceeds the set threshold.
OV
I
t
f12 t12
In addition to the protection functions, the following indication and control functions are available to warn the user that a given condition has been reached. The active indications are always shown on the display and are also available by communication on the system bus (with Ekip Com modules) or electrical indication (with Ekip Signalling modules). Synchrocheck (SC - ANSI 25): the synchronism control function compares the voltages in the module, the frequency and phase of the two circuits to which the circuit-breaker is connected. Ekip Touch indicates that conditions have been reached that enable the two lines to be made parallel. The function is available with two work modes: In systems with both busbars supplied, where synchronism is determined by: 1. voltage of the two half-busbars above the Ulive threshold for the set time 2. difference of the module of the two voltages below the threshold U 3. difference of the frequency of the two voltages below the threshold f 4. difference of the phase of the two voltages below the threshold 5. circuit-breaker open In systems with an out-of-service line (dead busbar), where the synchronism condition is determined by the concurrence of the following conditions for the tref set time: 1. voltage of the active half-busbar above threshold Ulive 2. voltage of the dead half-busbar below threshold Udead 3. circuit-breaker open
UF
I t
U, f,
f13 t13
OF
mean
U14
U1
U2
U3
In both cases, synchronism consent is withdrawn 100ms from the closing of the circuit-breaker, or when one of the above conditions is missing. The indication of reached synchronism is available directly as an electrical indication via a contact that is always supplied with the module. The function can be activated simply by connecting the Ekip Synchrocheck module to any Ekip Touch provided with an Ekip Measuring Pro module. Cyclical direction of the phases (ANSI 47): indicates an alarm through inversion of the phases sequence.
voltage unbalance
V1
senso ciclico
V3
V2
Power factor (ANSI 78): available with a three-phase threshold, warns when the system operates with a power factor that is less than the set power factor.
Measurements Measurements and meters All versions of the Ekip Touch unit measure the RMS value of the currents of the three phases (L1, L2, L3) and of neutral (Ne) with 1% accuracy in the 0.2 to 1.2 In range (class 1 in accordance with IEC 61557-12). The display shows the current of the most loaded phase both in numeric and analogue format on an ammeter with a 0-125% In scale for rapid identification of the load of the circuit-breaker.
Alternatively, bar graphs that show the currents of the three phases and of neutral on a 0-125% In scale in addition to the numeric value of the most loaded phase can be selected as the default page. The bar graphs are yellow in the event of a pre-alarm and red in the event of an overload to enable an irregular condition to be identified immediately. Where applicable, the measurement of the earth fault current is shown on a dedicated page. The ammeter can operate both in self-supplied mode and with auxiliary voltage. In the latter case, the display always has back lighting and the ammeter is also active at currents below 100A.
Adding the Ekip Measuring or Ekip Measuring Pro module to Ekip Touch enables Ekip Touch to be used as a multimeter to measure the values of: Voltage: phase-phase, phase-neutral (accuracy 0.5%); Power: active, reactive, apparent (accuracy 2%); Energy: active, reactive, apparent (accuracy 2%); Frequency (accuracy 0.2%); Power factor by phase and total; Peak factor.
Maximum values and values register The Ekip Touch unit is able to supply the measurement trend of certain parameters over a settable period of time such as: average power, maximum power, maximum and minimum current, maximum and minimum voltage. The values of the last 24 time intervals are recorded in the unit with a relative timestamp and can be consulted directly from the display or remotely using one of the available communication protocols. The communication can also be used to synchronize the recording time interval. Data logger Ekip Touch is always supplied with the exclusive Data Logger (register) function that stores with high sampling frequency the instantaneous values of all the measurements in two memory buffer registers. The data can be easily downloaded by the Ekip Connect unit and transferred to any personal computer. This enables the current and voltage waveforms to be analyzed for rapid fault analysis. The function continuously stores and stops recording, with a selectable delay, whenever the event set by the user occurs (e.g. trip or alarm). In this manner, it is possible to analyze the complete evolution of the fault: from the start to its complete elimination.
If the iTest key is pressed, the trip unit displays all these data directly on the display. No auxiliary supply is required. The information is also available to the user with the circuit-breaker open or without current ow, due to the battery installed inside the unit. Maintenance indicators A complete set of information about the circuit-breaker and its operation is available for effective fault analysis and preventive scheduling of maintenance. All the information can be seen from the display or from a PC using a communication unit. In particular: Date, time, fault current by phase and type of protection tripped over the last 40 openings; Date, time and type of operation of the last 200 events (example: opening/closing of circuit-breaker, pre-alarms, editing of settings, ect.); Number of operations of the circuit-breaker: divided into mechanical operations (no current), electrical operations (with current) and protection function (trip); Contact wear estimated in function of the number and type of openings; Total operating time of the circuit-breaker with circulating current; Date and time of the last maintenance session, scheduling of the next maintenance session; Circuit-breaker identifying data: type, serial number, firmware version, device name assigned by the user. All the information can be viewed directly from the display and from a Smartphone, Tablet or PC using the front port of the trip unit or the system communication.
Watchdog All of the trip units in the SACE Emax 2 family ensure high reliability because of an electronic circuit that periodically controls continuity of the internal connections (trip coil, rating plug and each current sensor). In the event of an alarm, a message is shown on the display, and if it is set during the installation phase, the trip unit can command the opening of the circuit-breaker. If a protection function intervenes, Ekip Touch always checks that the circuit-breaker has been opened by auxiliary contacts that indicate the position of the main contacts. Otherwise, Ekip Touch indicates an alarm (Ansi BF code - Breaker Failure) to be used to command the opening of the circuit-breaker located upstream. Ekip also contains self-protection that preserves the correct operation of the unit against abnormal temperatures (OT) inside the protection trip unit. The user disposes of the following indications or controls: Warning LED for temperature below -20C or above +70 C, at which the trip unit operates correctly with the display switched off Alarm LED for temperature outside the operating range, at which the trip unit commands the opening of the circuit-breaker (if set during the configuration phase).
User interface All Ekip Touch operations are simple and intuitive due to the wide graphic colour touchscreen display. For example, all the main information is listed on one page (settable by default), thus enabling the state of the installation to be identied rapidly: maximum current, maximum voltage, active, reactive, apparent power and energy. In addition, the use of Ekip Touch is further simplified by the possibility of scrolling through the menu and reading the alarms in one of the languages that can be set directly from the display: Italian, English, German, French, Spanish, Chinese, Russian, Turkish and Thai. The home pushbutton enables you to return, at any moment, to the main page and the iTest key enables the information to be viewed after a circuit-breaker trip and test.
As in the previous generation of trip units, a password system is used to manage Read or Edit modes. The default password, 00001, can be edited by the user. The protection parameters (curve and trip thresholds) are settable in Edit mode whereas it is always possible to consult the information in Read mode.
On the front of the trip unit there are also two LEDs: a pre-alarm LED (square yellow LED) and an alarm LED (red triangular LED); a message on the display always accompanies the flashing of the LEDs for clear identification of the type of event. The list of all the alarms active at that moment can be viewed by simply touching the display on the white strip in the bottom left of the alarms zone. Ekip Touch is also supplied with a front port that permits a temporary connection to devices for test, supply or communication (for example; Ekip T&P).
Supply The Ekip Touch protection trip unit is self-supplied by the current sensors and does not require an external supply for the basic protection functions or for the alarm indication functions. All protection settings are stored in a non-volatile memory that maintains the information, even without a power supply. To activate the protection functions the ammeter and the display, a 100A three-phase current suffices. Once the display has been switched on, the minimum current that can be viewed is I>3% In, defined by the rating plug. An auxiliary supply can easily be connected. The Ekip Supply module can be connected to supplies of both direct current (2448V DC or 110-240V DC) and alternating current (110-240V AC) to activate additional functions such as: using the unit with circuit-breaker open; using additional modules such as Ekip Signalling and Ekip Com; connection to external devices such as Ekip Multimeter and Ekip Control Panel; recording the number of operations; G protection with values below 100A or below 0.2 In; zone selectivity; Gext and MCR protection functions.
Supply Voltage Tolerance Rated power (including modules) Inrush current Ekip Supply 24-48V DC 19.2-60V DC 10W ~10 A for 5 ms 110-240V AC/DC 105-265V AC/DC 10W ~10 A for 5 ms
The Ekip Supply module allows the cartridge modules to be used in the terminal box area. Otherwise, the trip unit can be supplied by means of a galvanically isolated 24 VDC auxiliary voltage. The Ekip Measuring Pro module can supply the Ekip Touch trip unit with line voltage above 85V. In addition, if the module is installed with voltage pick-ups on the supply side, the trip unit can be used even if the circuit-breaker is open. The Ekip Touch protection trip unit is also supplied with a battery that enables the cause of the fault to be indicated after a trip, without a time limit. In addition, the battery enables date and time to be updated, thus ensuring the chronology of the events. When Ekip Touch is operating, it uses an internal control circuit to indicate automatically that the battery is flat. On the other hand, when the unit is switched off the battery test can be run by simply pressing the iTest key.
The unit is available in the versions: Ekip Hi-Touch LSI Ekip Hi-Touch LSIG
2 3 4 5 1 6 7 8
Key: 1. Wide high-resolution colour touchscreen display 2. Power-on LED indicating correct operation 3. Pre-alarm LED 4. Alarm LED
5. Home pushbutton to return to home page 6. Pushbutton for test and for indicating cause of the trip 7. Test and programming connector 8. Ekip Measuring Pro module, with relative LED power on
Protection functions The Ekip Hi-Touch trip unit has the following protection functions, which it shares with Ekip Touch: Overload (L ANSI 49); Selective short-circuit (S ANSI 51); Thermal memory; Instantaneous short-circuit (I ANSI 50); Closing on short-circuit (MCR); Earth fault (G ANSI 51N); Earth fault on toroid (G ext ANSI 51G) Neutral protection; Start-up function; Zone selectivity for functions S and G (ANSI 68); Current unbalance (IU ANSI 46); Minimum voltage (UV ANSI 27); Maximum voltage (OV ANSI 59); Minimum frequency (UF ANSI 81L); Maximum frequency (OF ANSI 81H); Voltage unbalance (VU ANSI 47); Residual current (Rc ANSI 64); Reverse active power (RP ANSI 32RP); Synchrocheck (SC ANSI 25, optional); Cyclical direction of the phases (ANSI 47); Power factor (ANSI 78); Current thresholds; Power Controller function (optional). The following protections are also available: Second selective protection against short-circuit (S2 ANSI 51) : in addition to the standard protection S, a second (excludible) time-constant protection is available that enables two independent thresholds to be set in order to ensure precise selectivity, especially in highly critical conditions. Second protection against earth fault (ANSI 50/51G and 64REF) : whereas with Ekip Touch the user has to choose between implementation of the protection G by internal current sensors (calculating the vector sum of the currents) or G ext external toroids (direct measurement of the earth fault current), Ekip Hi-Touch offers the exclusive feature of simultaneous management of both configurations by two independent earth fault protection curves. Owing to this characteristic, the trip unit is able to distinguish a non-restricted earth fault and then activate the opening of Emax 2, from a restricted earth fault, and to thus command the opening of the medium voltage circuit-breaker. Another possible conguration is with the residual current protection replacing the Gext protection, whilst the G protection remains active. The residual current protection is activated in the presence of the residual current rating-plug and of the toroid.
Generator
LOAD B
LOAD C
Zone selectivity for protection D (ANSI 68): enables the possibility to connect circuit-breakers among them, that in case of fault rapidly isolate the fault area, disconnecting the installation only at the level nearest to the fault, maintaining the operation of the rest of the installation. The function is particularly useful in ring and grid installations where, in addition to the zone, it is also essential to define the flow direction of the power that supplies the fault. It is possible to enable directional zone selectivity alternatively to the zone selectivity of the protections S and G, and in the presence of an auxiliary supply. Start-up function for protection D: enables higher trip thresholds to be set at the outgoing point, as available for protections S, I and G. Second protection against minimum and maximum voltage (UV2 and OV2 ANSI 27 and 59): enables two minimum and maximum voltage thresholds to be set with different delays in order to be able to discriminate, for example, between voltage dip transients due to the start-up of a motor and an actual fault.
LOAD A
Forward power ow
FAULT
Backward power ow
U8 t8 U15 t15
I Second protection against minimum and maximum frequency (UF2 and OF2 ANSI 87L and 87H): enables two minimum and maximum frequency thresholds to be set simultaneously. For example, only an alarm can be set to be tripped when the first threshold is reached, and the circuit-breaker can be set to be opened when the second threshold is reached. I Dual setting of protections: Ekip Hi-Touch can store a set of alternative parameters for all protections. This second series (set B) can replace, if necessary, the default series (set A) by an external control. The control can be given when the network configuration is edited, for example when an emergency source is activated in the system, changing the load capacity and the short-circuit levels. Another typical application is protecting the operator opposite the switchgear against the electric arc. In this case, protection delays are minimized to safeguard the operator (Set A), whereas in the absence of an operator the protections are set to ensure selectivity with the circuit-breakers downstream (Set B). It is possible to activate series B by: Digital input available with an Ekip Signalling module; Communication network, by means of one of the Ekip Com communication modules; Directly from the Ekip Hi-Touch display; By a settable internal time, after the circuit-breaker has closed.
U8 t8 U15 t15
Measurements The Ekip Hi-Touch trip unit offers a complete series of measurements, common to Ekip Touch: Measurements and counters: currents, voltage, power, energy; Maximum values and value log; Data logger; Information on the trip and opening data; Maintenance indicators. Ekip Hi-Touch integrates the exclusive Network Analyzer function, which analyzes the quality of energy consumed by the installation, in accordance with the provisions of international standards EN50160 and IEC 61000-4-30, in terms of harmonic content, average value and long or short term changes in voltage. These events can cause malfunctions in the switchgear and a reduction in their lifespan, as well as increasing losses and reducing the energy efficiency of the installation. It is therefore increasingly important to assess the quality of the energy and the economic impact it has on the productive process, so that the appropriate preventive and corrective actions can be taken. With Ekip Hi-Touch, the causes of an increase in power lost in transformers or motors, or a reduction in the lifespan of cables and capacitors, can be identified without the need to install any external instrumentation. The Network Analyzer function performs continuous monitoring of the quality of energy, and shows all results through a display or communication module. In particular: Hourly average voltage value: in accordance with international standards, this must remain within 10% of the rated value, but different limits can be defined according to the needs of the installation. Based on these limits, the network voltage is monitored, and if exceeded, Ekip Hi-Touch generates a signalling event. The quantity of these events is stored in a suitable counter. The counter values are available for each of last 7 days, as well as the total. The average value of the voltage in the last 24 hours is available, as well as the average value in the last hour of each network voltage and phase voltage. The time of the calculation of the average values can be set between 5 minutes and 2 hours. Interruptions / short dips in voltage (voltage interruptions / voltage dip): if the voltage remains below the threshold for a time less than one cycle, Ekip Hi-Touch generates an event that is counted in a dedicated log. Short voltage spikes (voltage transients, spikes): if the voltage exceeds the threshold set for a pre-determined time, Ekip HiTouch generates an event that is counted. Slow voltage sags and swells (voltage sag / voltage swell): when the voltage goes outside the range of acceptable limit values for a time greater than the one set, Ekip Hi-Touch generates an event that is counted. Three values can be configured for voltage sags and two for voltage swells, each of which associated to a time limit: this enables us to verify whether the voltage remains within a curve of values that are acceptable by equipment such as computers. Voltage unbalances: if the voltages are not equal or the phase displacements between them are not exactly 120, an unbalance occurs, which is manifested with a negative sequence voltage value. If this limit exceeds the threshold value set, an event is stored which is counted. Either network or phase voltages can be selected. Harmonic analysis: the harmonic content of voltages and currents, measured to the 50th harmonic, as well as the value of total harmonic distortion (THD), is available in real time on the display or through the communication modules. Ekip Hi-Touch also generates an alarm if the THD value or the magnitude of at least one of the harmonics exceeds the values set. All information can be displayed directly on the screen or on a smartphone, tablet or PC using the front port of the trip unit or installation communication.
Other functions Ekip Hi-Touch integrates all the features in terms of user interface, communication, test and supply described for Ekip Touch equipped with Ekip Measuring Pro.
2 3 4 5 1 6 7 8
Key: 1. Wide, high resolution touchscreen display 2. Power-on LED indicating correct operation 3. Pre-alarm LED 4. Alarm LED
5. Home pushbutton to return to home page 6. Pushbutton for test and for indicating cause of the trip 7. Test and programming connector 8. Ekip Measuring Pro module with relative poweron LED
Protection functions The Ekip G Touch trip unit provides all the protection functions of Ekip Touch and, in addition, provides a series of dedicated generator protections. If Ekip is tripped, it opens the circuit-breaker and prevents it from closing again until it has been reset manually or electrically by the operator (lockout relay code ANSI 86). The trip unit is provided with the following protection functions: Overload (L ANSI 49); Selective short circuit (S ANSI 51); Thermal memory; Instantaneous short circuit (I ANSI 50); Closing on short circuit (MCR); Earth fault (G ANSI 51N); Earth fault on toroid (G ext ANSI 51G) Neutral protection; Start-up function; Zone selectivity for functions S and G (ANSI 68); Current unbalance (IU ANSI 46); Minimum voltage (UV ANSI 27); Maximum voltage (OV ANSI 59); Minimum frequency (UF ANSI 81L); Maximum frequency (OF ANSI 81H); Voltage unbalance (VU ANSI 47); Residual current (Rc ANSI 64); Reverse active power (RP ANSI 32RP); Synchrocheck (SC ANSI 25, optional); Cyclical direction of phases (ANSI 47); Power factor (ANSI 78); Current thresholds; Power Controller function (optional).
1 Ks
3
t20
Voltage controlled overcurrent protection (S(V) - ANSI 51V): protection from maximum current with constant trip time (t = k) that is sensitive to the voltage value. The set current threshold, following a voltage drop, decreases by steps or linearly.
KsxI20
I20
K
1
In step mode the protection is tripped at the set threshold (I20) if the voltage is above Vs, whereas it is tripped at the lower threshold of the factor Ks (I20 * Ks) if the voltage is below Vs.
Ks
UI
K
1
Ks
On the other hand, in linear mode two voltage limits are selected within which the protection is tripped at the set threshold (I20) reduced by the factor K corresponding to the measured voltage. The variation of the factor K is proportional to the voltage, and for voltages greater than the upper threshold (Vs1) the threshold I20 works, whereas for voltages below the lower threshold (Vs2) the minimum threshold (I20 * Ks) applies.
UI Uh
2 V23
Maximum homopolar voltage (RV ANSI 59N): with constant trip time (t = k), protects against insulation loss in systems with insulated neutral or with neutral earthed with impedance.
V12
V31
Q P
TRIP
Loss of field or reverse reactive power (RQ ANSI 40 or 32RQ): with constant trip time (t = k), is tripped when the total reactive power absorbed by the generator exceeds the set threshold. It is possible to select the constant threshold (k=0) or a function of the delivered active power of the generator (k0).
3
t
Q27 t27
Maximum reactive power (OQ ANSI 32Q): with constant trip time (t = k), the function is tripped when reactive power exceeds the set threshold in the generator to network direction.
t
P26 t26
Maximum active power (OP ANSI 32P): with constant trip time (t = k), the function is tripped when the active power exceeds the threshold set in the delivering direction of the generator.
P Minimum active power (UP ANSI 37P): with constant trip time (t = k), the function is tripped when the active power delivered by the generator is lower than the set threshold. It is possible to disable the protection temporarily, to manage the start-up phase, by setting a time window from the closing of the circuit-breaker, by using an electric signal or via incoming communication to a relay. P
t
P23 t23
t
U19 t19
Minimum current (UC - ANSI 37C): similar to UP protection, it is tripped when the current falls below the set threshold, and can be temporarily disabled during the start-up phase.
Other functions Ekip G Touch provides the same characteristics in terms of user interface, communication, test and power supply described for Ekip Touch equipped with Ekip Measuring Pro.
2 3 4 5 1 6 7 8
Key: 1. Wide, high resolution touchscreen display 2. Power-on LED indicating correct operation 3. Pre-alarm LED 4. Alarm LED
5. Home pushbutton to return to home page 6. Pushbutton for test and for indicating cause of the trip 7. Test and programming connector 8. Ekip Measuring Pro module with relative poweron LED
Rate of change of frequency (ROCOF ANSI 81R): enables both positive and negative frequency variations to be detected rapidly. The protection is constant and is tripped when the frequency variation in Hz/s is greater than the set threshold.
Time
3
Second protection against voltage controlled overcurrent protection (S2(V) - ANSI 51V): available in addition to the protection S(V), enables total selectivity to be achieved in all installations.
t
Ks
t21 t20
Ks
Q
kq kq2
P
Q25
Second protection against loss of field or reverse reactive power (RQ ANSI 40 or 32RQ): enables the generators de-energization curve to be followed very accurately, thereby avoiding any unnecessary disconnection.
Q24
Measurements The Ekip G Hi-Touch trip unit provides all the measurements available with Ekip Hi-Touch: Network Analyzer, in conformity to EN50160 and IEC 61000-4-30; Measurements and meters: currents, voltage, power, energy; Maximum values and values register; Data logger; Information on trip and opening data; Maintenance indicators. Other functions Ekip G Hi-Touch has all the features of Ekip Touch equipped with Ekip Measuring Pro in terms of user interface, communication, test and power supply.
Controllable load
Control circuit
Transformer
Contactor
Distinctive features
Reduction of energy costs with minimum impact. The loads are disconnected from the power supply for short periods, in the minimum number necessary and in a fixed order of priority, enabling power consumption peaks to be limited. This allows the contract drawn up with the energy provider to be renegotiated, reducing the power allocated, with a consequent reduction in total energy costs. Power limited only when necessary. Ekip Power Controller manages up to four different time bands: it is therefore possible to respect a particular power limit according to whether it is during the day (peak) or night (off peak). In this way, consumption during the day when rates are at their highest can be limited. Simple to install. Ekip Power Controller allows the installation to be managed efficiently with a simple architecture. Thanks to a patented design, it is sufficient to measure the total power of the installation without having to measure the power consumed by each load. Installation costs and times are thereby reduced to a minimum. Ready to use. Ekip Power Controller does not require the writing, implementation and testing of complicated programmes for PLC or computer because the logic has already been implemented in the protection unit and is ready to use; it is sufficient to set the installation parameters from a smartphone or directly from the circuit-breaker display. Improvement of the efficiency of the electrical system. Ekip Power Controller significantly helps to flatten the load curve, limiting the use of peaking power plants in favour of base load power plants with greater efficiency.
Power (kW)
600 Load graph Average P 500 400 P 15 min P1h
300
200
100
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Time
Perfect integration into intelligent networks. Thanks to integrated communication modules, Ekip Power Controller can receive the maximum absorbable power directly from the medium voltage control system, determining consumption for the next 15 minutes. Ekip Power Controller, according to the information received, manages the switching off of non-priority loads or the switching on of reserve generators. Ekip Power Controller gives maximum priority to non-programmable preferred energy sources, such as wind and solar, and they are therefore considered uninterruptable. In the event the production of internal power to the controlled network is reduced, due, for example, to decreased production of solar power, Ekip Power Controller will disconnect the necessary loads to respect the consumption limit set. Perfect integration in self-generation systems. This benet is used, for example, in installations with a system of cogeneration. Ekip Power Controller controls the total consumption drawn from the electrical network, interrupting non-indispensable loads when production is reduced and reconnecting them when generator power is sufcient to not exceed limits. There are multiple advantages: reduction in energy costs, maximum use of local production and greater overall energy efciency.
Prole 2
1MW
Ekip Power Controller controls the maximum power consumed by the installation, utilizing the same method as that used for fiscal metering, thereby achieving savings on the component connected to maximum power ($/kW) on electricity bills. The power consumed is calculated by the energy meter as an average value over pre-determined time periods such as, for example, 15 minutes, or even 1 hour. The user therefore pays the same bill both in the event he consumes 1MW continuously (profile 1) or 2MW for 50% of the time and 0MW for the remaining 50% (profile 2), since the average power is the same.
Time
0 min
30 min
60 min
Estimation of consumption Ekip Power Controller uses this principle together with a predictive algorithm that estimates, moment by moment, power at the end of the period in order to decide whether to disconnect or connect loads and generators. This enables brief transient requests for high power to be tolerated, such as, for example, the starting up of motors, without causing the disconnection of loads as soon as the power exceeds the threshold set. The operations of connection and disconnection therefore depend on the consumption from the beginning of the period up to the present moment: for example, if during the first few minutes of the period of reference consumption was very high, Ekip Power Controller will disconnect a greater number of loads in the minutes after; if, on the other hand, the initial consumption was low, it will leave a greater number of loads in operation.
Management of loads According to the consumption estimate at the end of the period, Ekip Power Controller will take different actions: if the value estimated is greater than the power set as a target, Ekip Power Controller makes the decision to disconnect one of the loads controlled from the power supply, or to connect a generator; if the value estimated is equal or slightly less than the average power set as a target, Ekip Power Controller makes the decision to leave the conditions of the controlled loads and generators unchanged; if the value estimated is significantly lower than the average power set as a target, Ekip Power Controller makes the decision to reconnect one of the loads controlled to the power supply, or switch off a generator if one or more of these have been switched on previously. This operation is carried out cyclically each time by calculating a new estimate: therefore, if the estimate of power consumed continues to be too high despite the fact that a load has been disconnected, Ekip Power Controller will proceed to disconnect another and so on, until the power limit is respected. In this way, the number of connected or disconnected loads varies dynamically, and always with the guarantee that only the minimum number needed to respect the power limit are disconnected.
Priority of loads If the decision made is to disconnect or re-connect one of the loads controlled, Ekip Power Controller proceeds according to an established order: the load indicated as the first will be that of least importance, or that for which a temporary period of deactivation is acceptable; the load indicated as the second will be the next one in order of importance, and so on. The loads that have been disconnected in that order will be later re-connected in the reverse order, beginning with the load that is most important for the installation. In this way, the impact on the production process can be minimized, limiting the disconnection time for loads of the highest priority. Furthermore, by gradually connecting and disconnecting the loads in order of priority, voltage imbalances and consumption peaks affecting the network are avoided.
Protection of the installation Ekip Power Controller can be integrated perfectly into the installations protection devices. In fact, if one of the controlled circuit-breakers opens due to an overcurrent or by manual operation, Ekip Power Controller considers the load unavailable until the operator resets it, making it available again. In this way, safe operation of the installation is always guaranteed.
MV Breaker
Energy Meter
Energy Meter
Ekip Supply
k module
k module
Ekip Link
88-265 Vac
88-265 Vac
Ekip Supply
Ekip Supply
Ekip Link
Ekip Link
XT1-MOE-E
Q/1 SY
Q/1 SY
TM
TM
No Priority loads
No Priority loads
No Priority loads
No Priority loads
Priority loads
In the event that the installation is constructed with a single medium voltage delivery point and two or more transformers in parallel, Ekip Power Controller can acquire, via Ekip Link, the power measurement carried out by the other Emax 2 devices present. In this way the power limit can be respected at the medium voltage measuring point, without having to duplicate the control circuit of the loads.
3/36 | 1SDC200023D0201 | ABB catalogue
Installation
Ekip Power Controller is not only simple to implement and use, it is also very flexible thanks to parameters which have been specially developed to satisfy the needs of all applications. Installation parameters: Power limit: this is the average power that Ekip Power Controller respects, which can be selected in kW directly from the display. Evaluation window: this is the period in which the distributor of electrical energy evaluates the maximum power, which can be selected within a wide range to respect the local needs of each country. Synchronization input: this is used to synchronize the clock inside Ekip with that of the meter. It can also be used to signal a change in band. Parameters of the user: Type of user: can be selected from among load and generator. Minimum disconnection time (T off min): this is the minimum time for which a load or generator is not supplied with power following disconnection. This is useful when you wish to avoid frequent operations on users that are at the top of the priority list. Ekip Power Controller reconnects the load or generator only after the time set has passed. Maximum disconnection time (T off max): this is the maximum time for which no power is permitted. It is required, for example, in the case of an oven to keep the temperature within the established limits. When the time has passed, Ekip Power Controller reactivates it automatically, disconnecting, if necessary, a load of a higher priority. Minimum connection time (T on min): minimum time for which a load or generator is kept powered following reconnection. It is useful in the event the generator has a minimum time for which it must remain connected. Until the time set has passed, Ekip Power Controller will not disconnect the load, connecting, if necessary, loads of a higher priority. Time window: this is the hours in the day when a load or generator can be operated. It is useful, for example, in the case of a canteen that cannot be disconnected during meal times, or a diesel generator that can not be operated at night due to noise pollution. Temporary unavailability: a user can be temporarily deactivated, for example, because it is undergoing maintenance, through the circuit-breaker display or digital input connected to a manual/automatic selector. The digital input can also be used, for example, in the case of a fridge, to manage its interruptability: with active input the fridge cannot be disconnected as it is above the minimum temperature, with inactive input, on the other hand, it can be disconnected.
Power limit Time bands Synchronization with contactor Evaluation time Number of loads/generators Priority t on min t off min t off max Temporary disabling input Controllable devices Type of control
can be set directly in kW up to 4 5120 min up to 15 from 1 to 15 1360 min 1360 min 1360 min 1 for each device load/generator - moulded-case and air circuit-breaker - modular circuit-breakers - contactors - control circuit of load/generator
Type of connections
ABB Code L
Threshold I1 = 0.4 - 0.42 - 0.45 - 0.47 - 0.5 - 0.52 - 0.55 - 0.57 - 0.6 - 0.62 - 0.65 - 0.67 - 0.7 0.72 - 0.75 - 0.77 - 0.8 - 0.82 - 0.85 - 0.87 - 0.9 - 0.92 - 0.95 - 0.97 - 1 x In tripping between 1.05 and 1.2 x I1 I2 = 0.6 - 0.8 - 1 - 1.5 - 2 - 2.5 - 3 - 3.5 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 - 8 - 9 - 10 x In 7% If 6 x In 10% If > 6 x In I2 = 0.6 - 0.8 - 1 - 1.5 - 2 - 2.5 - 3 - 3.5 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 - 8 - 9 - 10 x In 7% If 6 x In 10% If > 6 x In I3= 1.5 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 - 8 - 9 - 10 - 11 - 12 - 13 - 14 - 15 x In 10% I4(1) = 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.3 - 0.4 - 0.6 - 0.8 - 1 x In 7% I4(1) = 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.3 - 0.4 - 0.6 - 0.8 - 1 x In 7%
3
S 51
Short-circuit selective protection Tolerance Short-circuit selective protection Thermal memory Tolerance
I G
50 51N
Short-circuit instantaneous protection Tolerance Earth fault protection Tolerance Earth fault protection Tolerance
(1) G protection below 100A or below 0.2 In available with auxiliary supply Where If is the fault current and the tolerances shown apply to relays at full power with a two-phase or three-phase supply. In all other cases, the following tolerance values apply:
ABB Code L S I G
Trip threshold Trip between 1.05 and 1.2 x I1 10% 15% 15%
Trip curve t = k / I2
Ekip Dip
3
t=k
10% If 6 x In 20% If > 6 x In t2 = 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.3 - 0.4 - 0.5 - 0.6 - 0.7 - 0.8s The better of the two data: 10% or 40 ms with If = 10 In, t2 = 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.3 - 0.4 - 0.5 - 0.6 - 0.7 - 0.8s 15% If 6 x In 20% If > 6 x In Instantaneous 30 ms t4 = 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.4 - 0.8s The better of the two data: 10% or 40 ms t4 = 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.4 - 0.8s 15% Yes t = k / I2 Yes t=k Yes t=k Yes Yes t = k / I2 Yes
ABB Code L
ANSI/IEEE C37.2 Function Code 49 Overload protection Thermal memory Tolerance 49 Overload protection
Threshold step Trip time 0.001 x In with If = 3 I1, t1 = 3...144 s 10% I 6 x In 20% I > 6 x In with If = 3 I1, t1 = 3...144 s Standard inverse: k = 0.14 = 0,02 Very Inverse: k = 13.5 = 1 Extremely Inverse: k = 80 = 2 k = 80 = 4 10% I 6 x In 20% I > 6 x In t2 = 0.05...0.8s t2sel = 0.04...0.2s Window: 0.1...30s The better of the two data: 10% or 40 ms with If = 10 In, t2 = 0.05...0.8s 15% I 6 x In 20% I > 6 x In t5 = 0.05...0.8s Window: 0.1...30s The better of the two data: 10% or 40 ms t20 = 0.05...30s
Time step 1s
0.001 x In
1s
Tolerance S 51 68 Short-circuit selective protection Zone selectivity Start up Tolerance 51 Short-circuit selective protection Thermal memory Tolerance S2 51 Short-circuit selective protection Start up Tolerance S (V) 51V Voltage controlled overcurrent protection Step mode Linear mode Tolerance S2 (V) 51V Voltage controlled overcurrent protection Step mode Linear mode Tolerance I 50 Short-circuit instantaneous protection Start up Tolerance MCR Short-circuit closing protection Tolerance
tripping between 1.05 and 1.2 x I1 I2 = 0.6...10 x In Activation: 0.1...10 x In 7% I 6 x In 10% I > 6 x In I2 = 0.6...10 x In 7% I 6 x In 10% I > 6 x In I5 = 0.6...10 x In Activation: 0.1...10 x In 7% I 6 x In 10% I > 6 x In I20 = 0.6...10 x In U = 0.2...1 x Un Ks = 0.1...1 UI = 0.2...1 x Un Uh = 0.2...1 x Un Ks = 0.1...1 10% I21 = 0.6...10 x In U2 = 0.2...1 x Un Ks2 = 0.1...1 UI2 = 0.2...1 x Un Uh2 = 0.2...1 x Un Ks2 = 0.1...1 10% I3 = 1.5...15 x In Activation: 0.1...10 x In 10% I3 = 1.5...15 x In 10%
0.1 x In 0.1 x In
0.1 x In
0.01s
0.1 x In 0.1 x In
0.01s 0.01s
0.01s
0.01s
The better of the two data: 10% or 40 ms Instantaneous Window: 0.1...30s 30 ms Instantaneous Window: 40...500ms 30 ms
0.01s 0.01s
Excludibility
Trip curve t = k / I2
Ekip Touch
Ekip Hi-Touch
Ekip G Touch
Ekip G Hi-Touch
3
50...90% I1
t1
yes
no
t=k
yes yes
yes
no
t = k / I2
yes yes
yes
no
t=k
yes
yes
no
t=k
yes
yes
no
t=k
no
no
t=k
no
no
t=k
ABB Code G
ANSI/IEEE C37.2 Function Code 51N Earth fault protection 68 Zone selectivity Start up Tolerance 51N Earth fault protection Tolerance Earth fault protection Start up Tolerance 51G Earth fault protection Tolerance Directional short-circuit protection Zone selectivity Start up Tolerance
Threshold I4(1) = 0.1...1 x In Activation: 0.1...10 x In 7% I4(1) = 0.1...1 x In 7% I4 = 0.1...1 x Itoroid Activation: 0.1...10 x In 7% I4 = 0.1...1 x In 7% I7 = 0.6...10 x In Activation: 0.1...10 x In 7% I 6 x In 10% I > 6 x In I6 = 5...90% unbalance 10% I19 = 0.1...1 x In
Threshold step Trip time 0.001 x In 0.1 x In with I > I4, t4 = 0.1...1s t4sel = 0.04...0.2s Window: 0.1...30s The better of the two data: 10% or 40 ms t4 = 0.1...1s 15% 0.01 x Itoroid 0.1 x In t4 = 0.1...1s Window: 0.1...30s The better of the two data: 10% or 40 ms t4 = 0.1...1s 15% 0.1 x In 0.1 x In t7 = 0.2...0.8s t7sel = 0.13...0.5s Window: 0.1...30s The better of the two data: 10% or 40 ms t6 = 0.5...60s The better of the two data: 10% or 40 ms t19 = 0.5...100s Window from closing: 0.1...30s or with digital input The better of the two data: 10% or 40 ms tn = 0.06 - 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.3 - 0.4 0.5 - 0.8s 0.06s 0.001 x Un t8 = 0.1...60s The better of the two data: 10% or 40 ms t15 = 0.1...60s The better of the two data: 10% or 40 ms t9 = 0.1...60s The better of the two data: 10% or 40 ms t16 = 0.1...60s The better of the two data: 10% or 40 ms t22 = 0.5...60s The better of the two data: 10% or 40 ms t14 = 0.5...60s The better of the two data: 10% or 40 ms t12 = 0.5...60s The better of the two data: 10% or 40 ms t17 = 0.5...60s The better of the two data: 10% or 40 ms t13 = 0.5...60s The better of the two data: 10% or 40 ms
0.001 x In
Gext
51G
0.001 x In
67 68
IU
46
1%
0.5s
UC
37C
0.001 x In
0.01s 0.01s
10% In = 3 - 5 - 7 10 - 20 - 30A - 20% 0% U8 = 0.5...0.98 x Un 5% U15 = 0.5...0.98 x Un 5% U9 = 1.02...1.2 x Un 5% U16 = 1.02...1.2 x Un 5% U22 = 0.05...5 x Un 5% U14 = 5...90% unbalance 10% f12 = 0.9...0.99 x fn 5% f17 = 0.9...0.99 x fn 5% f13 = 1.01...1.1 x fn 5% 0.01 x fn 0.01 x fn 0.01 x fn 1% 0.001 x Un 0.001 x Un 0.001 x Un 0.001 x Un
Rc
64
UV
27
0.05s
UV2
27
0.05s
OV
59
0.05s
OV2
59
0.05s
RV
59N
0.05s
VU
47
0.5s
UF
81L
0.1s
UF2
81L
0.1s
OF
81H
0.1s
Ekip Touch
Ekip Hi-Touch
Ekip G Touch
Ekip G Hi-Touch
3
yes yes 90% I4 90% I4 t = k / I2 t=k
yes yes
90% I4 no
t = k / I2 t=k -
yes
yes
no
t=k
yes yes
yes
no
t=k
no
no
t=k
yes
yes
no
t=k
yes
yes
no
t=k
yes
yes
no
t=k
yes
yes
no
t=k
yes
yes
no
t=k
yes
yes
no
t=k
yes
yes
no
t=k
yes
yes
no
t=k
yes
yes
no
t=k
3
ROCOF 81R
0.2 Hz/s
10% P11 = -1...-0.1 Sn 10% Q24 = -1...-0.1 Sn Kq = -2...2 Q25 = -1...-0,1 Sn Kq2 = -2...2 10% P26 = -0.1...2 Sn 10% Q27 = 0.1...2 Sn 10% P23 = 0.1...1 x In 0,001 Sn 0.001 Sn 0.001 Sn 0.01 0.001 Sn 0.01 0.001 Sn
RP
32RP
The better of the two data: 10% or 40 ms t28 = 0.6...10s with f29 = 0.2 Hz/s 0.1s t28 = 0.5...10s with f29 = 0.4...1 Hz/s t28 = 0.22...10s with f29 = 1.2...5 Hz/s t28 = 0.15...10s with f29 5.2Hz/s The better of the two data: 10% or 40 ms t11 = 0.5...100s 0.1s The better of the two data: 10% or 40 ms t24 = 0.5...100s t25 = 0.5...100s The better of the two data: 10% or 40 ms t26 = 0.5...100s The better of the two data: 10% or 40 ms t27 = 0.5...100s The better of the two data: 10% or 40 ms t23 = 0.5...100s Window from closing: 0.5...30s or with digital input The better of the two data: 10% or 40 ms tref = 0.1...30s
RQ
40/32RQ
0.5s 0.5s
Tolerance OP 32P Maximum active power protection Tolerance OQ 32Q Maximum reactive power protection Tolerance UP 37P Minimum active power protection Temporary deactivation Tolerance Synchrocheck 25 Control of synchronism with both busbars supplied
0.001 Sn
0.5s
0.5s
0.5s 0.1s
10% Ulive = 0.5...1.1 Un U = 0.02...0.12 Un f = 0.1...1Hz = 5...50 elt 0.01 Un 0.01 Un 0.1 Hz 5 elt 0.01 Un 0.01 Un
0.1s
Tolerance Control of synchronism with one busbar dead Tolerance 47 78 Cyclical direction of the phases Three-phase power factor Current thresholds
10% Ulive = 0.5...1.1 Un Udead = 0.02...0.2 Un 10% 1-2-3 or 3-2-1 PF = 0.2...0.95 LC1 = 50%...100% I1 LC2 = 50%...100% I1 Iw1= 0,3...10 In Iw2= 0,3...10 In 10% 0.01 1% 1% 0.01 x In tref = 0.1...30s 0.1s
Tolerance
(1) G protection below 100A or below 0.2 In available with auxiliary supply
Where If is the fault current and the tolerances shown apply to relays at full power with a two-phase or three-phase supply. In all other cases, the following tolerance values apply:
Trip threshold Trip between 1.05 and 1.2 x I1 10% 15% 15% 15%
Excludibility yes
Ekip Touch -
Ekip Hi-Touch
Ekip G Touch -
Ekip G Hi-Touch
3
yes yes no -
yes
yes
no
t=k
yes yes
yes yes
no no
t=k t=k
yes
yes
no
t=k
yes
yes
no
t=k
yes yes
yes
no
t=k
yes
only indication
no
yes
only indication
no
no no no
Key: - not available available available with Ekip Measuring available with Ekip Synchrocheck
Parameters I1, I2, I3, In, I neutral Ig Parameters I1, I2, I3, In, Iaverage phases Ig Parameters I1, I2, I3, In, Ig Parameters
Earth fault current (RMS) Maximum values: recorded from installation or from the last reset Currents (RMS) Earth fault current (RMS) Record of values: of the individual parameter for each interval with time-stamping Current: minimum and maximum Information on trip and opening data: after a fault without auxiliary supply Type of protection tripped Fault values per phase Time-stamping Maintenance indicators Information on last 40 trips Information on last 200 events Number of mechanical operations (1) Number of electrical operations (1) Total number of trips Total operating time Wear of contacts Date of maintenance operations performed Date of next maintenance operation needed Circuit-breaker I.D. Self-diagnosis Check of continuity of internal connnections Failure of circuit-breaker to open (Ansi BF) Temperature (OT)
(1)
es. L, S, I, G es. I1, I2, I3, In for S protection Date, time and progressive number Parameters Type of protection, fault values and time-stamping Type of event, time-stamping Can be associated to alarm Can be associated to alarm With circulating current >3% In Prealarm >80%, Alarm = 100% Last Estimation of next operation Type of circuit-breaker, assigned device name, serial number Parameters Alarm due to disconnection: rating plug, sensors, trip coil Alarm following non-tripping of protection functions Pre-alarm and alarm for abnormal temperature
Ekip Dip
3
Standard di riferimento Class 1 IEC 61557-12 Intervals Duration: 5120min Number of intervals: 24
Instantaneous measurements Currents (RMS) [A] [A] [V] [V] [Hz] [kW] [kVAR] [KVA] Earth fault current (RMS) Phase-phase voltage (RMS) Phase-neutral voltage (RMS) Phase sequence Frequency Active power Reactive power Apparent power Power factor Peak factor Counters recorded from installation or from the last reset Active energy Reactive energy Apparent energy Network Analyzer Hourly average voltage value [V] [no] [kWh] [kVARh] [KVAh]
Parameters I1, I2, I3, In, I neutral Ig V12, V23, V31 V1n, V2n, V3n f P1, P2, P3, Ptot Q1, Q2, Q3, Qtot S1, S2, S3, Stot PF1, PF2, PF3, PF total total Parameters Ep total, Ep absorbed, Ep consumed Eq total, Ep absorbed, Ep consumed Es total Parameters - Umin= 0.750.95 x Un - Umax= 1.051.25 x Un - Hourly average in the last 7days - Events counter - Umin= 0.750.95 x Un - Events counter - Umax= 1,051,25 x Un - Events counter - Umin1= 0.750.95 x Un - Umin2= 0.750.95 x Un - Umin3= 0.750.95 x Un - Umax1= 1.051.25 x Un - Umax2= 1.051.25 x Un - Events counter - U neg. seq.= 0.020.10 x Un - Hourly average in the last 7days - Events counter Current and Voltage - up to 50 - Alarm THD: 520% - Single harmonic alarm: 310%
Short voltage interruptions Short voltage spikes Slow voltage sags and swells
Voltage unbalance
[V] [no]
Harmonic analysis
Ekip Touch
Ekip Hi-Touch
Ekip G Touch
Ekip G Hi-Touch
t= 1/ fn t= 1/ fn t= 0,15s
t= 5120min
Record of values: of the individual parameter for each interval with time-stamping Current: minimum and maximum [A] [V] [Hz] [kW] [kVAR] [KVA] [A] [V] [Hz] [s] [s] [no] Phase-phase voltage: minimum and maximum Frequency Active power: average and maximum Reactive power: average and maximum Apparent power: average and maximum Data logger: record of high sampling rate parameters Currents Voltages Sampling rate Maximum recording duration Recording stop delay Number of registers Information on trip and opening data: after a fault without auxiliary supply Type of protection tripped Fault values per phase Time-stamping Maintenance indicators Information on last 40 trips Information on last 200 events Number of mechanical operations (1) Number of electrical operations (1) Total number of trips Total operating time Wear of contacts Date of maintenance operations performed Date of next maintenance operation needed Circuit-breaker I.D. Self-diagnosis Check of continuity of internal connnections Failure of circuit-breaker to open (Ansi BF) Temperature (OT)
(1) with auxiliary supply present
Parameters I1, I2, I3, In V12, V23, V31 f P1, P2, P3, Ptot Q1, Q2, Q3, Qtot S1, S2, S3, Stot Parameters I1, I2, I3, In, Ig U12, U23, U31 1200-9600 27 0-10s 2 independent Parameters eg. L, S, I, G, UV, OV [A/V/Hz] eg. I1, I2, I3, In for S protection V12, V23, V32 for UV protection Date, time and progressive number Parameters Type of protection, fault values and time-stamping Type of event, time-stamping [no] [no] [no] [h] [%] With circulating current >3% In Prealarm >80% Alarm = 100% Last Estimation of next operation Type of circuit-breaker, assigned device name, serial number Parameters Alarm due to disconnection: rating plug, sensors, trip coil Alarm following non-tripping of protection functions Prealarm and alarm for abnormal temperature Can be associated to alarm Can be associated to alarm
Ekip Touch
Ekip Hi-Touch
Ekip G Touch
Ekip G Hi-Touch
Key: - not available available available with Ekip Measuring available with Ekip Synchrocheck
4/2
Software
Ekip Connect Ekip View Ekip T&P Interface 4/10 4/12 4/14
4
Typical sector Industrial Hospital OEMs Naval
Level of supervision and control in low voltage systems Sulution with SACE Emax 2
Switchgear compartment - Ekip Touch trip units with high resolution display - Ekip trip units - Ekip Multimeter display on the front of switchgear
- simple and intuitive use - does not require an auxiliary power supply for safety
According to their complexity, the supervision of low voltage systems may involve different levels: - switchgear compartment: for the control of the main electrical values of the circuit-breaker. It provides a general but precise indication of the level of absorption of the system (main circuit-breaker) and the individual utilities (outgoing feeder circuit-breakers). - electrical switchgear: to display the data of all circuit-breakers installed in the switchgear from a single point: in local mode via the operator panel on the front of the switchgear, or remotely via an Internet connection. - electrical system: to manage complex systems in which devices must be integrated with automated industrial processes or in intelligent electrical networks, better known as smart grids.
4
Industries of medium dimensions Shopping centres Ofce buildings Oil & gas Automated industrial processes Data centers Smart grids
Electrical switchgear - Ekip trip units Ekip link modules Ekip Control Panel operator panel colour touch screen
Electrical installation - Ekip Touch trip units - Ekip com communication modules - Ekip view supervision software
Standardized Ethernet components - centralized control from front of switchgear - access via web to the installation - rapid installation - ease of use - system ready to use
- wide range of protocols supported - installation times reduced to a minimum - redundancy of communication - ready to smart grid circuit-breakers - complete network supervision
Ekip Touch
Ekip Multimeter
For the list of information available for each trip unit, consult chapter 3.
Solution with Ekip Multimeter Display on switchgear front The Ekip Multimeter is a display unit to be installed on the front of the switchgear for SACE Emax 2 air circuit-breakers equipped with Ekip electronic trip units. This device remotely displays the information about the system that is available in the trip unit to which it is connected. The main characteristics of the Ekip Multimeter unit are: - Graphical and functional uniformity with the Ekip Touch trip units; Ekip Multimeter uses the same display as the trip unit to which it is connected, ensuring perfect continuity between the graphic display and the menu items. - Reduced dimensions; the Ekip Multimeter guarantees the precision of the trip unit to which it is connected and performs the function of a measuring instrument without requiring the installation of external current and voltage transformers. - Flexible installation; the Ekip Multimeter can be installed up to distance from the trip unit, enabling access to information from the most convenient point. - Simultaneous reading of the various electrical values; the advanced connection system used allows several Ekip Multimeter devices to be connected to the same protection trip unit. Furthermore, if connected to trip units equipped with display, the Ekip Multimeter enables adjustment of the parameters and protection thresholds.
Supervision of switchgear compartment Electronic trip unit Ekip Dip Ekip Touch Ekip Touch + Ekip measuring module Ekip G Touch Solution Type of trip units connectable to Ekip Multimeter Number of trip units connectable to Ekip Multimeter Measurement functions Currents Voltages Powers Energies Harmonics Network analyzer Adjustment functions Setting of thresholds Setting of thresholds sacond set Resetting of alarms Diagnostics Protection function alarms Device alarms Protection unit tripping details Events log Protection unit tripping log Maintenance Number of operations Number of trips Wear of contacts Other data Status of circuit-breaker Circuit-breaker position Local/remote mode
1) Circuit-breakers equipped with auxiliary contacts to indicate position
1)
Supervision of switchgear compartment Electronic trip unit Ekip Dip Ekip Touch Ekip Touch + Ekip measuring module Ekip G Touch Solution Type of trip units connectable Number of trip units connectable to the Ekip link system Data exchange rate of Ekip link system Supervision and control functions Opening and Closing of circuit-breakers Electrical value trends Log of electrical value trends Dynamic installation mimic panel Automatic scanning of the Ekip link system Centralized synchronizing of time Web server function Measurement functions Currents Voltages Powers Energies Harmonics Network analyzer Data logger Adjustment functions Setting of thresholds Resetting of alarms Diagnostics Protection function alarms Device alarms Protection unit tripping details Events log Protection unit tripping log Transmission of alarms via SMS Transmission of alarms via e-mail Maintenance Number of operations Number of trips Wear of contacts Other data Status of circuit-breaker Circuit-breaker position Local/remote mode
4) 2)
Ekip protection trip units equipped with Ekip link module + Ekip Control Panel operator panel + standard Ethernet components Ekip protection trip units up to 30
1)
I I
I,V,P I,V,P
I,V,P I,V,P
1) Ekip Control Panel is available in two versions that can manage a maximum of 10 or 30 circuit-breakers. The number of circuit-breakers may vary depending on their type. Consult the document RXXXXX for details or ask ABB SACE 2) Circuit-breakers equipped with actuation module, electric accessories, opening releases and spring charging motor 3) Two client web accesses included in the licence 4) Circuit-breakers equipped with auxiliary contacts to indicate position
Supervision of switchgear compartment Electronic trip unit Ekip Touch Ekip Touch + Ekip measuring module Ekip G Touch Solution Protocols supported: Modbus RTU Profibus-DP DeviceNet Modbus TCP/IP Profinet Ethernet IP IEC61850 Control functions Circuit-breakers opening and closing Measurement functions Currents Voltages Powers Energies Harmonics Network analyzer Data logger Adjustment functions Setting of thresholds Resetting of alarms Diagnostic Protection function alarms Device alarms Protection unit tripping details Events log Protection unit tripping log Maintenance Number of operations Number of trips Wear of contacts Other data Status of circuit-breaker Circuit-breaker position Local/remote mode
2) 1)
Ekip Touch trip units + Ekip com modules Ekip com Modbus Ekip com Profibus Ekip com Devicenet Ekip com Modbus TCP Ekip com Profinet Ekip com Ethernet Ekip com IEC61850
1) Circuit-breakers equipped with Ekip Com Actuator module, electrical accessories, opening and closing releases and spring charging motor 2) Circuit-breakers equipped with auxiliary contacts to indicate position
Distinctive characteristics - simple and intuitive use - integrated with DOC electrical design software - useable via Ethernet - automatic updating from Internet - off-line mode - multi-media (smart phone, tablet or PC)
Ekip View
- supervision and control of communication networks - analysis of electrical value trends - condition monitoring
- engineering free - analysis of past trends - customizable reports - access via Internet to the installation - possibility of integrating third party devices
- test signals can be pre-set or configured as desired - advanced graphical interface - generation of test reports
Ekip Connect Ekip Connect enables data to be exchanged with one or more protection trip units, which: - Assists commissioning of the system; all system parameters and the protection thresholds can be set rapidly in the Ekip trip units thanks to the easy and intuitive navigation pages of the software. - Permits rapid access to diagnostics; it is possible to consult and download the records of events, alarms and the tripping of the trip units, thereby facilitating the identification and understanding of the anomalies.
- Enables testing of the communication network; Ekip Connect performs an automatic scan of the Modbus RS-485 or Modbus TCP network and determines whether the circuit-breakers have been correctly connected and, when necessary, signals incorrect configurations of the communication parameters (addresses, baud rate, parity). The distinctive characteristics of the software are: - Integration with DOC electrical design software; the adjustments and settings calculated by the DOC software can be downloaded directly into the protection trip units, thereby reducing commissioning times and the probability of errors. - Ease of connection: the Ekip trip units equipped with Modbus TCP Ekip com modules can be controlled directly by the Ethernet network. - Multi-media; Ekip Connect is designed to operate on a PC or on the more modern tablet PCs and smart phones. - Automatic updating from the Internet site; if connected to an Internet site, the software is able to constantly control the availability of any updates. The software is available free of charge on the ABB website www.abb.com/lowvoltage.
Media Operating system Method of connection to the trip units SACE Emax 2 trip units SACE Tmax XT trip units SACE Emax,T7,X1,T8 trip units SACE Tmax T trip units Functions of reading and control Automatic network scan Opening and closing of circuit-breakers1) Setting of thresholds Resetting of alarms Reading of electrical measurements Displaying of time-current curve Reading of past records DataLogger download Other functions Generating of Reports Automatic updating from Internet Integration with DOC Enabling of Ekip T&P Interface Use via Ethernet
Ekip Connect Software Personal PC Windows XP, Windows 7, Windows Vista Communication network Ekip com Modbus RS485 or TCP Ekip com PR120/D-M, PR330/D-M Test connector Ekip T&P Ekip T&P Ekip T&P or BT030 Wireless communication Ekip Bluetooth Ekip Bluetooth BT030 BT030 Smartphone/Tablet iPhone/iPad Android Wireless communication Ekip Bluetooth iOS Wireless communication Ekip Bluetooth -
1) Circuit-breakers equipped with auxiliary contacts to indicate position 2) only in the presence of Modbus TCP Ekip Com modules
The main characteristics of Ekip View are: - Engineering free and ready to use software which guides the user in the recognition and configuration of the protection units without the need for any supervision system engineering activities. - Dynamic mimic panel; after automatic scanning of the network, for each of the devices found, Ekip View proposes a dynamic symbol that summarizes the most important information (status, electrical measurements, alarms). The extensive library of electrical symbols enables the entire electrical system to be depicted in detail. - Analysis of trends; the instantaneous and past trends of currents, powers and power factors are represented graphically and can be exported into Microsoft Excel for detailed analysis. - Reports; advanced reports can be created regarding system and communication network diagnostics. Using the Alarm Dispatcher option, the user can receive the most important indications via SMS or e-mail. - Access via web to the installation, thanks to the Web Server function of Ekip View.
Ekip View Software Communication characteristics Protocol Supported Physical layer Maximum data exchange rate Operating system Devices supported SACE Emax 2 trip units SACE Emax,T7,X1,T8 trip units SACE Tmax T trip units SACE Tmax XT trip units Third party devices Licences available Ekip com Modbus RS485 PR120/D-M, PR330/D-M PR222DS/PD, PR223DS Ekip com optional
1) 2) 2)
Modbus RTU RS 485 19200 bps Windows XP, Windows 7, Windows Vista
- up to 30 - up to 60
- unlimited number Supervision and control functions Opening and Closing of circuit-breakers Electrical value trends Log of electrical value trends Dynamic installation mimic panel Automatic scanning Centralized synchronizing of time Web server function Redundancy OPC server-client Measurement functions Currents Voltages Powers Energies Harmonics Network analyzer Data logger Adjustment functions Setting of thresholds Resetting of alarms Diagnostics Protection function alarms Device alarms Communication system alarms Protection unit tripping details Events log Protection unit tripping log Generation of Reports Transmission of alarms via SMS Transmission of alarms via e-mail Maintenance Number of operations Number of trips Wear of contacts Other data Status of circuit-breaker Circuit-breaker position local/remote mode
7) 6) 4)
controllable devices
5)
1) Contact ABB SACE to integrate other devices in the Ekip View software 2) can be increased 3) within the physical limit of the protocol used 4) circuit-breakers equipped with Ekip com Actuator module and electrical accessories
The software creates and stores all reports, keeping a record of the tests carried out and essential information such as the operator name, date, serial number of the circuit-breaker, type of test and the result.
Accessories
Functional areas Standard supply Accessories for circuit-breakers Signalling Control Connections Interlocks and switching devices Accessories for Ekip trip units Power supply Connectivity Signalling Measurements and protection Displaying and supervision Testing and programming Spare parts
5/2 5/4 5/6 5/7 5/9 5/15 5/17 5/20 5/22 5/22 5/24 5/26 5/29 5/30 5/31
As a result of distinct functional areas that determine the operating spaces, the accessorizing logic of the circuit-breakers has been considerably simplied.
The auxiliary connection terminal box also features two areas: - Terminals area for housing and inserting the terminals for wiring the auxiliary connections. The terminals can be wired first and then installed on the circuit-breaker terminal box, thereby facilitating cable connection for the operator. - Cartridge modules area, housing for the Ekip modules. These are installed directly from the upper part of the circuit-breaker or of the fixed part without having to remove the Ekip electronic trip unit, thereby minimizing the time required for introducing and commissioning the accessories.
1 2 3 4
In addition, for fixed automatic circuit-breakers only: - four standard open/closed auxiliary contacts - AUX 4Q - four terminals for auxiliary connections - mechanical signalling of the tripping of Ekip TU Reset protection trip unit - Ekip TT power supply and test unit, when a protection trip unit is present with display.
The withdrawable versions of automatic circuit-breakers and switch-disconnectors are always supplied as standard with the following accessories: - closed circuit-breaker racked-out mechanism lock - lifting plates for E2.2 ... E2.6 circuit-breakers - lever for racking in and racking out - anti-insertion lock In addition, for withdrawable automatic circuit-breakers only: - four standard open/closed auxiliary contacts - AUX 4Q - four terminals for auxiliary connections - mechanical signalling of the tripping of Ekip TU Reset protection trip unit - Ekip TT power supply and test unit, when a protection trip unit is present with display. The fixed parts feature: - IP30 protection for switchgear door - anti-insertion lock - standard shutter lock SL - screws for securing to the floor
/ -
/
/ /
/ /
/ /
/
/ /
/ /
/ /
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/ -
Signalling
Open / closed auxiliary contacts - AUX SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers can be equipped with auxiliary contacts that signal the open or closed status of the circuit-breaker. The rst block of four standard contacts is always provided with the automatic circuit-breakers. The switching contacts are available in the following congurations:
Open / closed auxiliary contacts (4Q) 4 auxiliary contacts standard digital signals mixed Open / closed supplementary auxiliary contacts (6Q) 6 auxiliary contacts standard digital signals Open / closed external supplementary auxiliary contacts (15Q) 15 auxiliary contacts standard digital signals Maximum number of open / closed auxiliary contacts that can be installed 19 25 E1.2 E2.2 E6.2
Standard contact Type Minimum load Breaking capacity DC 24V 125V 250V AC 250V 400V 3-way switching 100mA @ 24V
The 6 supplementary auxiliary contacts - AUX 6Q - are an alternative to the Ekip 4K module. Electrical diagram reference: gure 1, 81, 91
Auxiliary position contacts - AUP When the circuit-breaker is a withdrawable version, the position of the mobile part can be signalled electrically by accessorizing the xed part with one of the following signalling contact units:
Auxiliary position contacts (AUP) 6 auxiliary contacts 5 auxiliary contacts 5 supplementary auxiliary contacts standard digital signals standard digital signals standard E1.2 6 E2.2 E6.2 10
Standard contact Type Minimum load Breaking capacity 24V DC 125V 250V AC 250V 400V 0.5A @ 0ms / 0.3A 10ms 0.3A @ 0ms / 0.2A 10ms 5A 3A 3-way switching 100mA @ 24V
Mechanical signalling of the tripping of protection trip unit - TU Reset The automatic circuit-breakers are always equipped with a mechanical device that signals the tripping status of the protection trip units. After the Ekip trip unit has tripped due to an electrical fault, the signalling device clearly indicates the tripping status on the front of the circuit-breaker. The circuit-breaker can be reset only after the signalling pushbutton has been restored to its normal operating position. The device conforms to the Ansi 86T standard. Contact signalling tripping of protection trip unit Ekip S51 The contact signals the opening of the circuit-breaker after the Ekip protection trip unit has tripped. The circuit-breaker can only be closed after the TU Reset tripped trip unit mechanical signalling pushbutton has been restored to its normal operating position. The switching contact, which is always supplied with the standard version of the automatic circuit-breakers, is also available on request in a version for digital signals (for electrical characteristics, please refer to the RTC contact). It can also be associated to an optional accessory for resetting by remote control - YR. For electromechanical characteristics, please refer to the RTC contact.
Electrical diagram reference: figure 11
Contact signalling loaded springs S33 M/2 A geared motor for automatic loading of the spring is always supplied; it remotely signals the closing spring status of the circuit-breaker operating mechanism. It is available in both standard version and version for digital signals.
Standard contact Type Minimum load Breaking capacity 24V DC 125V 250V AC 250V 400V 0.5A @ 0ms/0.3A 10ms 0.3A @ 0ms/0.2A 10ms 5A 3A 0.1A 3-way switching 100mA @ 24V Contact for digital signals 3-way switching 1mA @ 5V
Control
Opening and closing release- YO/YC The opening and closing releases enable the circuit-breaker to be controlled remotely. Opening is always possible, while closing is available only when the closing springs of the operating mechanism are loaded and the circuit-breakers is ready to close. The releases operate by means of minimum impulse current duration time of 100 ms. Furthermore, they can operate in permanent service. In this case, if opening command is given by means of the opening release, the circuit-breaker can be closed by de-energizing the opening release and, after a time of at least 30 ms, by controlling the closing.
Electrical diagram reference: figure 75, 77
Second opening and closing release - YO2/YC2 For certain installations the redundancy of mechanisms and circuit-breaker operating circuits is often requested. To answer these needs, the SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers can be equipped with double opening release and double closing release. The technical characteristics of the second opening release remain the same as those of the first opening and closing release. A double opening release can be used for E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2 circuit-breakers; an undervoltage release cannot be used in this case.
Electrical diagram reference: figure 72, 79
General characteristics Power supply (Un) 24V 30V 48V 60V 110V120V 220V240V 240V250V 380V400V 415V440V 440V500V 500V550V Operating limits (IEC60947-2 standards) Inrush power (Ps) Continuous power (Pc) Opening time (YO/YO2) E1.2 E2.2 E6.2 Closing time (YC/YC2) E1.2 E2.2 E6.2 Rated insulation voltage Ui Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 50 ms 50 ms 600V 4kV 20 ms 35 ms AC YO/YO2: 70%...110% Un YC/YC2: 85%...110% Un 300VA 3.5VA 500W 3.5W DC
DC
300W 3.5W
Resetting remotely- YR The reset coil YR permits remote resetting of the circuit-breaker after a release has tripped due to an overcurrent condition. It is available, for all automatic circuit-breakers, with different voltage supply:
General characteristics Power supply (Un) 24V 110V 250V Operating limits Rated insulation voltage Ui Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
Electrical diagram reference: figure 14
DC
Motor M The motor automatically loads the closing springs of the circuit-breaker. The device, which can be installed from the front, automatically reloads the springs of the operating device when they are unloaded and power is present. In the event no power is present, the springs can be manually loaded by a dedicated lever on the operating device. The motor is always supplied with limit switch contact S33 M/2 which signals the status of the springs.
General characteristics Power supply (Un) 24V 30V 48V 60V 100V130V 220V250V 380V400V 440V480V (E2.2 ... E6.2) Operating limits (IEC60947-2 standards) Inrush power (Ps) Continuous power (Pc) Loading time E1.2 E2.2 E6.2 Rated insulation voltage Ui Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
Electrical diagram reference: figure 13
DC
500W 100W
Padlocks - PLC These padlocks allow the circuit-breaker to be kept open by acting directly on the mechanical operating device opening pushbutton. Three different padlock versions are available: Locking device with plastic structure for up to a maximum of three padlocks of 4 mm Locking device with metal structure for up to a maximum of two padlocks of 8 mm Locking device with metal structure for one padlock of 7 mm or for padlock holders The padlocks are always supplied by the customer.
Key lock in racked-in / test / racked-out position - KLP This device enables the mobile part to be locked in one of the three positions: racked-in, test and racked-out. This device can be supplied with locks with different keys KLP-D or with the same keys KLP-S. Each circuit-breaker can be equipped with a maximum of two key locks. Locking in the racked-in, test and racked-out positions can be achieved by using other key locks KLP-A. This device is made for Ronis, Profalux, Kirk and Castell keys. With the exception of the Castell version, every circuit-breaker can accept up to two key locks, which are to be provided by the customer.
Padlock in racked-in / test / racked-out position - PLP This device can hold up to three padlocks of 8 mm diameter. The structure housing the padlocks can also be used with KLP keylocks. Furthermore, it enables the lock of the moving part in the racked-out position only by means of the additional key lock in racked-out position.
Shutter lock SL When the mobile part is in the test position, the shutters of the fixed part close, maintaining the insulation distance and physically segregating the live parts of the fixed part and the rear section of the mobile part. Furthermore, using two dedicated mechanisms, the upper and lower shutters can be locked independently of one another. This is always supplied with the fixed part of the SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers and locks the shutters, using a maximum of three padlocks of 4 mm, 6 mm or 8 mm.
5/12 | 1SDC200023D0201 | ABB Catalogue
Protection devices
External shutter lock - SLE This accessory is optional and, using padlocks of 4 mm, 6 mm or 8 mm, allows the shutters to be locked directly from the outside of the fixed part, avoiding the need to work inside. For both lock versions, the padlocks are supplied by the customer.
Lock for racking-out mechanism with circuit-breaker in closed position All SACE Emax 2 withdrawable circuit-breakers are always supplied with a lock that prevents the mobile part from being racked in and racked out when the circuit-breaker is in the closed position. To rack in the mobile part, the circuit-breaker must be in the open position.
Lock for racking in / racking out the mobile part when the door is open - DLR This accessory, which is mounted on the fixed part, prevents the mobile part from being racked in or out when the switchgear door is open. Lock to prevent door opening when circuit-breaker is in racked-in / test position - DLP This safety device prevents the switchgear door from being opened when the mobile part of the withdrawable version of the circuit-breaker is in the racked-in or test position. The circuit-breaker can be racked in when the door is open, which is then closed. This accessory can be installed on both the right-hand or left-hand side of the fixed part. It is available for circuit-breakers E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2. It is an alternative to the mechanical interlock. Lock to prevent door opening when circuit-breaker is in closed position - DLC This prevents the compartment door from being opened when the circuit-breaker is in the closed position (and with the circuit-breaker racked in for withdrawable circuit-breakers). It also locks circuit-breaker closed when the compartment door is open.
Anti-insertion lock The withdrawable circuit-breakers are equipped with special locks that allow the mobile part to be inserted only into the corresponding fixed part.
Mechanical operation counter - MOC The number of mechanical operations is often one of the elements that determines the frequency of ordinary maintenance operations on circuit-breakers. With this mechanical operation counter, which is always visible on the front of the circuit-breaker, the user knows how many mechanical operations the device has performed.
IP30 Protection Always supplied with the circuit-breaker, the cover frame is applied to the door of the switchgear to achieve IP30 degree of protection on the front part of the circuit-breaker.
IP54 Protection This transparent cover completely protects the front of the circuit-breaker, enabling IP54 degree of protection to be achieved. This accessory is provided with double key lock (same or different keys).
Terminal covers HTC / LTC These accessories are applied in the terminal area, thereby reducing the risk of direct contact with the live parts of the circuit-breaker. Two versions are available for E1.2: HTC high terminal covers and LTC low terminal covers.
Separators - PB These protection devices increase the insulation distance between adjacent phases. They are available for E1.2.
Connections
The SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers offer a wide variety of terminals, thereby always guaranteeing an optimal solution for connection to the power circuit. Solution for fixed circuit-breakers
Type Abbreviation E1.2 E2.2 E4.2 E6.2
HR VR
5
Horizontal rear spread terminal SHR
SVR
EF
Front terminal
ES
Configuration on request (*) The orientable terminals are supplied as standard in the HR HR configuration.
ABB Catalogue | 1SDC200023D0201 | 5/15
Standard configuration
HR VR
SHR
5
Vertical rear spread terminal SVR
Front terminal
EF
ES
FC
Flat terminal
FL
Configuration on request (*) The orientable terminals are supplied as standard in the HR HR configuration.
Standard configuration
Possible application
Logic
Circuit-breakers
Available between circuit-breakers of different sizes and with any fixed / withdrawable version
Type B Permits a pair of circuit-breakers to be closed if the third is open. The latter can only be closed when the pair is open. Two power supplies from transformers and one emergency power supply.
1 O I O I O 2 O O O O I 3 O O I I O
Available between E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2 circuit-breakers and with any fixed / withdrawable version
Type C Permits two out of three circuit-breakers to be closed at the same time. Two half-busbars can be powered by a single transformer (bus-tie closed) or by both at the same time (bus-tie open).
1 O I O O O I I 2 O O I O I I O 3 O O O I I O I
Available between E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2 circuit-breakers and with any fixed / withdrawable version
Type D Permits one out of three interlocked circuit-breakers to be closed. Three power supplies on the same busbar that must not operate in parallel.
1 O I O O 2 O O I O 3 O O O I
Available between E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2 circuit-breakers and with any fixed / withdrawable version
Automatic Transfer Switches ATS The ATS (Automatic Transfer Switch) is a network-unit transfer device used in installations where switching from the main power line to an emergency line is required in order to ensure that power is supplied to the loads in the case of power abnormalities from the main line. These devices are able to control the entire transfer procedure automatically, but also offer commands for performing the procedure manually. In the event of anomalies in the main line voltage, the opening of the main line circuit-breaker, the starting of the generator set (if present) and the closing of the emergency line are activated according to the parameters set by the user. In the same way, when the main line returns to normal, the reverse transfer procedure is performed automatically. The new generation of ATSs (ATS021 and ATS022) offers the most advanced and complete solution for ensuring service continuity. The ATS021 and ATS022 devices can be used with all automatic circuit-breakers and switch-disconnectors of the Tmax XT family. The ATS021 and ATS022 devices have been designed to be self-powered. ATS022 is also designed for the connection of an auxiliary supply, which enables the use of further functions. The ATS021 and ATS022 devices carry out control of both power supply lines and analyze: phase imbalance; frequency imbalance; phase loss. In addition to the standard control functions, the ATS022 unit also permits: the priority line to be selected; a third circuit-breaker to be controlled; the device to be integrated into a supervision system with Modbus communication (auxiliary supply needed); parameters to be read and set, and measurements and alarms to be displayed by means of a graphical display.
Typical applications are: supply of UPS (Uninterrupted Power Supply) units, operating rooms and primary hospital services, emergency power for civil buildings, airports, hotels, databases and telecommunication systems and power supply of industrial lines in continuous processes. For correct configuration, each circuit-breaker connected to the ATS021 or ATS022 device must be fitted with the following accessories: mechanical interlock; motorized control of opening and closing ; key lock to prevent manual operation only for the motorized operating mechanism; contact for signalling status (open / closed) and contact for signalling tripping; contact for signalling circuit-breaker racked in (for withdrawable circuit-breaker).
Technical characteristics
ATS021 General Auxiliary supply voltage Not required ATS022 Not required (24-110V DC is required only for Modbus communication and systems of 16 2/3 Hz) Max 480 VAC 16 2/3, 50, 60, 400 Hz 96 144 170
Type of installation Operating mode Characteristics Monitoring of normal and emergency line Control of circuit-breakers on normal and emergency line Setting start-up of generator Setting switch-off of generator with settable time delay Third circuit-breaker No priority line Modbus Rs485 communication Display Environmental conditions Operating thresholds Grado di protezione Operating temperature Humidity Undervoltage Overvoltage Fixed frequency thresholds Tests Standards Test Mode Mode Test Gen set Electronic devices for use in electrical installations Electromagnetic compatibility Environmental conditions
Installation on front of switchgear Installation on front of switchgear Installation on DIN rail Installation on DIN rail Automatic/Manual IP20 -20 +60 C -30% -5% Un +5% +30% Un -10% +10% fn EN-IEC 50178 EN 50081-2 EN 50082-2 IEC 68-2-1 IEC 68-2-2 IEC 68-2-3 Automatic/Manual IP20 -20 +60 C -30% -5% Un +5% +30% Un -10% +10% fn EN-IEC 50178 EN 50081-2 EN 50082-2 IEC 68-2-1 IEC 68-2-2 IEC 68-2-3
Ekip Touch
Ekip Hi-Touch
Ekip G Touch
Ekip G Hi-Touch
Ekip Signalling 10K Ekip Power Controller Measurement and Protection Ekip Measuring Pro Ekip Measuring Ekip AUP Ekip RTL Ekip Synchrocheck Ekip LCD Ekip Fan
(1)
Rating Plug Toroide omopolare Toroide differenziale Sensore neutro esterno Displaying and Supervision Ekip Multimeter Ekip Control Panel Testing and Programming Ekip TT Ekip T&P
Standard accessory Accessory on request not available for E1.2
(1)
All accessories are automatically recognized by the Ekip units without the need for any specific configuration. Based on the installation method and connection of the trip units, the electronic accessories can be divided into:
Installation Modules Highlights - The Ekip Supply module enables the trip units to be supplied with any line voltage Cartridge modules: Ekip Com Ekip Link Ekip 2K Ekip Supply Ekip Fan Ekip Synchrocheck - If the Ekip Supply module is present, the other cartridge modules can be installed - The Ekip Supply module has a dedicated position in the installation area in the terminal box; the other modules can be installed as desired in the positions available - In addition to the Ekip Supply module, up to 2 modules can be installed on E1.2, and up to 3 on E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2 - Ekip fan module is available for E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2 as an aletnative to Ekip supply module - These are installed in specific housings from the front of the circuit-breaker Ekip LCD Ekip Com Actuator Ekip RTC Ekip AUP Ekip Measuring Ekip Signalling 4K Rating Plug Battery for Ekip - For all the trip units with a touch screen interface, the LCD interface is available with any adjustment in the protection and measurements functions - Thanks to the optional modules Ekip RTC and Ekip AUP, all the Ekip trip units can acquire and monitor the ready to close state and the racked-in/ test isolated/racked-out position of the circuit-breaker. The module to acquire the open/closed position is supplied as standard for all Ekip trip units. - The Ekip Signalling 4k module increases the remote signalling possibilities for E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2 Ekip trip unit test connector Ekip T&P Ekip TT Ekip Bluetooth Ekip Multimeter Ekip Control Panel Ekip 10K External neutral sensor Homopolar toroid Differential toroid - These are connected to the front test connector of the trip units even with the device in operation - Compatible also with the SACE Tmax XT range - Ekip Multimeter can supply the trip unit to which it is connected - Several Ekip Multimeter units and / or Ekip Signalling 10K can be connected at the same time to the same Ekip trip unitsganciatore Ekip - These are connected to the trip unit by the terminal box of the circuitbreaker
Terminal box
Accessorizing area
External
Connectivity
The Ekip Com modules enable all SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers to be integrated in an industrial communication network for remote supervision and control of the circuit-breaker. They are suitable for all distribution and generator protection versions of the Ekip Touch and Hi-Touch trip units. Since it is mounted to the terminal box, communication can be maintained with withdrawable circuit-breakers, even while in the racked-out position. Several Ekip Com modules can be installed at the same time, thereby enabling connection to communication systems that use different protocols. The Ekip Com modules are supplied complete with auxiliary position contacts Ekip AUP and ready to close circuit-breaker contacts Ekip RTC. The Ekip Com and Profibus module are equipped with a dip switch that allows the introduction of a 120 resistor to terminate a Modbus RTU network. For industrial applications where superior reliability of the communication network is required, the Ekip Com R communication modules, installed together with the corresponding Ekip Com modules, guarantee redundant connection to the network. The Ekip Com modules enable Ekip trip units to be connected to networks that use the following protocols:
Protocol Modbus RTU Modbus TCP Profibus-DP Profinet Ethernet / IP DeviceNet IEC61850 Modulo Ekip Com Ekip Com Modbus RS-485 Ekip Com Modbus TCP Ekip Com Profibus Ekip Com Profinet Ekip Com Ethernet / IP Ekip Com Devicenet Ekip com IEC61850 Modulo Ekip com Redundant Ekip Com R Modbus RS-485 Ekip com R Modbus TCP Ekip Com R Profibus Ekip Com R Profinet Ekip Com R Ethernet / IP Ekip Com R Devicenet
Electrical diagram reference: gures from 51 to 57. Redundant version from 61 to 66.
Ekip Link Module The Ekip Link module enables the SACE Emax 2 circuit-breaker to be connected to ABB communication system for locally supervising switchgear by means of the Ekip Control Panel and to act as Power Controller. It is suitable for all Ekip trip units and can be fitted at any time to the circuit-breaker terminal box, even when Ekip Com communication modules are present. In this way, it is possible to have both local supervision of the control panel by means of the Ekip Control Panel and supervision of the system by means of the Ekip Com modules connected to the communication network. The Ekip Link modules are supplied complete with auxiliary position contacts Ekip AUP and ready to close circuit-breaker contacts Ekip RTC.
Electrical diagram reference: figure 58
Ekip Com Actuator module The Ekip Com Actuator module enables the SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers to be opened and closed remotely. The Ekip com Actuator is optional and can be ordered for all Ekip trip units equipped with Ekip Com or Ekip Link modules; it is installed on the front of the circuit-breaker in the right-hand accessories area.
Electrical diagram reference: figure 76, 78
Ekip Bluetooth wireless communication unit Ekip Bluetooth permits remote connection with the trip unit by portable PC, tablet or smart phone on which Ekip Connect software has been installed. The device is connected to the front test connector found on all Ekip trip units in SACE Emax 2 and SACE Tmax XT circuitbreakers and supplies power by means of a rechargeable Li-ion battery.
Ekip 4K signalling module The Ekip 4K Signalling module, available for E2.2 E4.2 E6.2, supplies four input contacts and four output contacts for control and remote signalling. It can be programmed from the trip units display. Furthermore, by means of the Ekip Connect software, combinations of events can be freely configured. It is installed in the housing provided in the front left of distribution and generator protection versions of the Ekip Touch and Hi-Touch trip units, without having to remove the trip unit itself.
Electrical diagram reference: figure 2
Ekip 10K signalling unit Ekip 10K Signalling is a signalling unit on a DIN rail for SACE Emax 2 automatic circuitbreakers. The unit provides ten contacts for electrical signalling of timing and tripping of protection devices. If connected via the Ekip Connect software, the contacts can be freely congured in association with any event and alarm or combination of both. Several Ekip 10K Signalling (max 4) can be installed at the same time on the same Ekip trip unit. The Ekip 10K Signalling module can be powered both in direct current and in the alternating current and can be connected to Ekip Touch and Hi-Touch trip units via internal bus or Ekip Link modules.
Electrical diagram reference: figure 103
Characteristics of output contacts Type Maximum switching power (resistive load) Maximum switching voltage Maximum switching current 30V DC 50V DC 150V DC 250V DC Contact/coil insulation 3A 1A 0.3A 4A 2000 Veff (1min @50Hz) Monostable 120W /1250VA 150V DC / 250V AC
2 output +2 input
4 output +4 input
10 output + 11 input
Ekip 10K Module Power Supply Auxiliary supply Maximum ripple Rated power 24-48V DC, 110-240V AC/DC 19.2-60V DC, 105-265V AC/DC 5W
Signalling contacts for Ekip trip units Ekip trip units can acquire the status of circuit-breaker ready to close (RTC) and the racked-in, test, or racked-out position though the optional signalling contacts Ekip TRC and Ekip AUP. These contacts, housed in the accessories area of the circuit-breakers, are available with every Ekip trip unit. Ekip COM communication modules and Ekip Link modules are always supplied with Ekip AUP and Ekip RTC contacts.
Ekip Measuring Pro modules The module has the same connection and installation characteristics as the Ekip Measuring module. In addition, the Ekip Measuring Pro version has: Protection devices based on the voltage and power values Ekip trip unit power supply from busbar voltage (for line voltages greater than 85V) LED signalling voltage on main busbars. The Ekip Hi-Touch, Ekip G Touch and Ekip G-Hi Touch trip units are provided as standard with the Ekip Measuring Pro module.
Electrical diagram reference: figures 20, 21, 22, 23
Ekip Synchrocheck This module enables the control of the synchronism condition for placing two lines in parallel. The module can be used with distribution and generator protection versions of the Ekip Touch and Hi-Touch trip units equipped with the Ekip Measuring Pro module. Ekip Synchrochek acquires the voltages of two phases of one line through an external transformer and, through the Ekip Measuring Pro module, the voltages of another line. An output contact is available, which is activated upon reaching synchronism, and enables the circuit-breaker to be closed by means of wiring with the closing release.
Ekip LCD display interface For installations in particularly aggressive environments, as low temperatures, high humidity or presence of dust or chemical agents, the Ekip protection trip units can be requested with an LCD black and white display interface with pushbuttons for navigation. This version guarantees excellent immunity by integrating all functions, with regard to protection devices, measuring devices and the possibility of introducing accessories, available on the colour touch screen.
Ekip Fan cooling module The Ekip Fan cooling module continuously monitors the temperature inside the fixed parts of E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2 that are equipped with cooling fans and activates them in the event of overheating. It is an alternative to the Ekip Supply module and enables the protection trip unit to be supplied with any auxiliary power in AC or DC available in the switchgear. Ekip Fan can be used with Ekip Touch and Ekip Hi-Touch trip units. The Ekip Fan 24V DC is available. If an Ekip Fan 24V DC module is installed, another two cartridge modules can also be installed.
Electrical diagram reference: figures 33, 34
Rating Plug The rating plugs are interchangeable at any moment from the front on all trip units and enable the protection thresholds to be adjusted according to the actual rated current of the system. This function is particularly advantageous in installations that may require future expansion or in cases in which the power supplied needs to be limited temporarily (e.g. mobile Gen Set).
Circuit-breaker E1.2 E1.2 250 E2.2 E2.2 250 E4.2 E6.2 Rating plugs available 400-630-800-1000-1250-1600 100-200-250 400-630-800-1000-1250-1600-2000-2500 100-200-250 400-630-800-1000-1250-1600-2000-2500-3200-4000 400-630-800-1000-1250-1600-2000-2500-3200-4000-5000-6300
Special rating plugs are also available for differential protection against earthing faults in combination with a suitable toroid to be installed externally.
Circuit-breaker E1.2 E1.2 250 E2.2 E2.2 250 E4.2 Rating plug available for Rc protection 400-630-800-1000-1250-1600 100-200-250 400-630-800-1000-1250-1600-2000-2500 100-200-250 400-630-800-1000-1250-1600-2000-2500-3200-4000
Homopolar toroid for the earthing conductor of main power supply The distribution and generator protection versions of the Ekip Touch and Hi-Touch trip units can be used with an external toroid positioned, for example, on the conductor that connects the star centre of the MT/BT transformer to earth (homopolar transformer): in this case, the earth protection is called Source Ground Return. Through two different combinations of connections of its terminals, the In of the toroid can be set at 100 A, 250 A, 400 A, 800 A.
Electrical diagram reference: figure 25
Toroid for differential protection Connected to the Ekip Touch and Hi-Touch trip units equipped with a rating plug for differential protection, this toroid enables earth fault currents of 330A to be monitored. To be installed on the busbar system, it is an alternative to the homopolar toroid.
Electrical diagram reference: figure 24
Ekip Control Panel on front of switchgear The Ekip Control Panel enables the SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers connected to the Ekip Link system to be controlled and monitored. The panel is supplied already equipped with supervision software and requires no programming. Ekip Control Panel requires a 24V DC power supply and is equipped with: 2 RJ45 Ethernet ports for connection to the Ekip Link system and to the local network for remote control via web server option 1 RS485 serial port for integration of the Modbus network if it is to be used with circuitbreakers of the Tmax series 4 USB ports for downloading data.
Ekip T&P testing kit Ekip T&P is a kit that includes different components for programming and testing the electronic protection trip units. The kit includes: Ekip T&P unit; Ekip TT unit; adaptors for Emax and Tmax trip units; USB cable to connect the T&P unit to the Ekip trip units; installation CD for Ekip Connect and Ekip T&P interface software. The Ekip T&P unit is connected on one side to the USB port of a PC and on the other, by means of the cable provided, to a protection trip unit of the SACE Emax 2 series. The Ekip T&P unit performs the automatic testing, manual testing and trip testing of the device to which it is connected and generates reports. These functions are managed via the Ekip T&P Interface, which is activated directly by Ekip Connect only in the presence of the Ekip T&P connected to a PC.
Installation
Circuit-breaker Sizes Versions Poles Terminals Degree of protection Power losses Temperature derating Current-limiting curves Installation environment Temperature Environmental conditions Vibration Electromagnetic compatibility Installation in switchgear Position Power supply Insulation distances and connection Busbar types Accessories Performance in switchgear
6/10 6/10 6/10 6/10 6/11 6/12 6/12 6/12 6/14 6/14 6/15
Installation Circuit-breaker
The new SACE Emax 2 family maintains the characteristics of strength and reliability that have always distinguished the tradition of ABB SACE air circuit-breakers.
The new SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers, available in four sizes, are extremely compact due to their new dimensions: with reduced depths and heights, combined with rationalized widths, they provide the answer to the most stringent installation requirements. Safety is guaranteed thanks to the double insulation of the live parts and total segregation of the phases. Furthermore, the new functional design of the SACE Emax2 circuit-breakers has been developed with the purpose of improving installation operations and use of the devices and accessories; making them simple, intuitive and safe.
Distinctive characteristics - Ekip protection trip units are interchangeable from front of circuit-breaker
Benets Reduced times during the stages of: - installation - wiring - configuration - commissioning - maintenance Increased level of safety
- Rapid conguration of the Ekip trip units - Electronic modules can be installed on terminal box without removing the electronic trip units and protection shield - Electrical plug-in accessories can be installed from the front of circuit-breaker - New push-in terminal box allows rapid auxiliary connections Simplicity of use and safety - Horizontal or vertical rear connections can be modied on-site by turning 90 - Accessorizing logic common to the entire family of circuit-breakers - Accessory cabinet and terminal box are stamped with accessory codes for easy identication - Accessories area is separated functionally from the safety area - Mechanical safety locks in open position are active when the shield is removed - Guided racking in and out of the mobile part
Sizes
The SACE Emax2 circuit-breakers, available in 4 sizes up to 6300A, provide: - Versatility , where installation space is a critical and influential factor, such as naval applications, wind turbine towers or switchgear - Opportunities , optimization of the dimensions of the electrical switchgear results in a potential reduction in the consumption of the materials used.
6300A
Emax E1.2
Emax E2.2
Emax E4.2
Emax E6.2
Installation Circuit-breaker
Versions
The SACE Emax2 circuit-breakers are available in both fixed and withdrawable versions. The withdrawable version is recommended in applications in which service continuity is a fundamental requirement: replacement of the moving part with a new device does not require any intervention on power connections or on auxiliary connections, thus permitting reset in the shortest time possible. The fixed version, which is connected directly to power system through the circuit-breaker terminals, is recommended in applications in which the need for space means that compact products are required without compromising the performance and possibility of fitting accessories.
Fixed
Withdrawable
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Moving part Sliding contacts Fixed part Terminal box Racking-out mechanism Racking-out guide rails Pushbuttons Data plates and accessories
Poles
SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers are available in three-pole and four-pole versions and can be used in all types of distribution systems. Furthermore, thanks to the possibility of connecting the external current sensor, three-pole circuit-breakers can be used efficiently even in systems in which the neutral conductor cannot be isolated. The four-pole circuit-breakers E1.2, E2.2 and E4.2 are always provided with full-size neutral pole with rated uninterrupted current-carrying capacity identical to the phase poles. The E6.2 circuit-breakers, thanks to their construction modularity, are L1 L2 L3 available with neutral set at 50% - normal supply and with full-size neutral, so that the customer does not need to oversize the neutral unless strictly necessary. The apparatus supplied as standard are suitable for connection of phases in the sequence L1, L2, L3 for three-pole circuitbreakers, or N, L1, L2 and L3 for four-pole circuit-breakers with neutral on the left; a special optional kit enables the position of the circuit-breaker neutral to be changed to the right, making the sequence L1,L2,L3,N available.
L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3
6
Circuit-breaker Emax E1.2 Emax E2.2 Emax E4.2 Emax E6.2
N L1 L2 L3
Four-pole
L1 L2 L3 N
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
Installation Circuit-breaker
Terminals
The integration of the circuit-breaker in the electrical system is simplified thanks to the connection terminals of the circuitbreakers. The silver-plated copper terminals are designed to assist installation of connecting bars according to the change in the rated capacity of the circuit-breaker. For particular installation requirements, the circuit-breakers can be equipped with different combinations of terminals for the upper and lower part.
Type Abbreviation E1.2 E2.2 E4.2 E6.2
HR VR
SHR
SVR
Front terminal
EF
ES
Flat terminal
FL
Degree of protection
The SACE Emax2 circuit-breakers guarantee the following degrees of protection: - IP20 for circuit-breakers in fixed or withdrawable versions, excluding the terminals. - IP30 for the front parts of the circuit-breaker when installed in switchgear with IP30 flange mounted on the door. - IP54 for circuit-breakers equipped with optional IP54 transparent flange fixed on the door in front of the switchgear.
Power losses
To guarantee the performance of the electrical switchgear in terms of rated uninterrupted current-carrying capacity, the design of the electrical switchgear must take into consideration the power losses by the apparatus and by live parts installed. The values given in the table refer to total power for each three-phase circuit-breaker with balanced loads with a current flow equal to rated uninterrupted current Iu.
[W] Iu E1.2 E1.2 L Fixed 3/4 poles E2.2 E4.2 E4.2 L E6.2 E1.2 E1.2 L Withdrawable 3/4 poles E2.2 E4.2 E4.2 L E6.2 250 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000 6300
Installation Circuit-breaker
Temperature derating
Under certain installation conditions, the circuit-breakers can operate at higher temperatures than the reference temperature of 40C. In this case the current-carrying capacity of the circuit-breaker may be lower than the rated current-carrying capacity at the reference temperature: therefore the derating coefficients shown in the table must be applied.
Emax 2 E1.2 E1.2 250 E1.2 630 E1.2 800 E1.2 1000 E1.2 1250 E1.2 1600
Temperature [C] <40 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 45 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 50 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 55 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 98% 60 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 95% 65 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 93% 70 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 90%
Emax 2 E2.2 E2.2 250 E2.2 800 E2.2 1000 E2.2 1250 E2.2 1600 E2.2 2000 E2.2 2500 Emax 2 E4.2 E4.2 2000 E4.2 2500 E4.2 3200 E4.2 4000 Emax 2 E6.2 E6.2 4000 E6.2 5000 E6.2 6300
Temperature [C] <40 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 45 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 50 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 55 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 60 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 98% 65 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 98% 94% 70 100% 100% 100% 100% 98% 95% 90%
Temperature [C] <40 100% 100% 100% 100% 45 100% 100% 100% 96% 50 100% 100% 100% 92% 55 100% 100% 100% 88% 60 100% 100% 100% 85% 65 100% 100% 98% 82% 70 100% 100% 95% 80%
Temperature [C] <40 100% 100% 100% 45 100% 100% 100% 50 100% 100% 95% 55 100% 100% 91% 60 100% 100% 87% 65 100% 98% 84% 70 100% 95% 81%
Current-limiting curves
The SACE Emax2 series features a series of current-limiting circuit-breakers in sizes E1.2 up to 1600A. These circuit-breakers are distinguished constructively by: Dedicated stored energy operating mechanism, which reduces opening times. Specific main contacts which, utilizing the electrodynamic forces generated by the short-circuit current, accelerate opening of the main contacts. These features ensure rapid interruption which consequently reduces electromechanical and thermal stress on the system during a short-circuit. The current-limiting circuit-breakers are distinguished by short-time withstand currents Icw that are not particularly high and therefore not indicated for applications in which chronoamperometric selectivity is required with several downstream devices or in which devices are present with high inrush current in the start-up stage.
Temperature
SACE Emax2 circuit-breakers can operate in the following environmental conditions:
Temperature (C) Operating Emax 2 with Ekip DIP Emax 2 with Ekip Touch Emax 2 with LCD Emax 2 swith-disconnectors -25C +70C Active Display -20C +70C -25C +70C Storage -40C +70C -30C +70C -40C +70C -40C +70C
Environmental conditions
6
The devices can be installed in industrial environments with pollution level 3, IEC 60947. SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers also comply with: IEC60721-3-6 class 6C3 IEC60721-3-2 class 3C2 Altitude SACE Emax2 air circuit-breakers do not undergo changes in rated performance up to 2000 metres. Beyond this altitude, the properties of the atmosphere in terms of composition, dielectric capacitance, cooling power and pressure vary and, therefore, the performance of the circuit-breakers is subject to derating, which can be measured by means of the variation in maximum rated service voltage and rated uninterrupted current.
Altitude Rated impulse-withstand voltage - Uimp Rated insulation voltage - Ui Rated service voltage - Ue Rated current Versions 690V Versions 1150V Versions 690V Versions 1150V [m] [kV] [V] [V] [V] [V] [% In] 2000 12 1000 1250 690 1150 100 607 1012 98 538 897 93 470 782 90 3000 4000 5000
An installation at 3000 m of a 690 V AC rated service voltage can be an explicative example. The altitude, as shown in the table, may cause a derating which precludes the use of a standard automatic circuit-breaker. To grant the use of a circuit-breaker at 690 V AC rated service voltage is therefore required a 1150V AC version that despite the derating fulll the necessary rated service voltage. In addition, the selection of the circuit-breakers has to be based on the short -circuit performance required by the application.
Vibration
The circuit-breakers comply with: IEC60068-2-6 - From 1 to 13 Hz with amplitude 1mm - From 13 to 100 Hz with constant acceleration 0.7g IEC60721-3 - Storage: 1M3 - Transport: 2M2 - Operational conditions: 3M2 Shipping registers or certifications
Electromagnetic compatibility
The use of specific devices in industrial installations may cause electromagnetic interference in the electrical system. SACE Emax2 circuit-breakers have been developed and tested for electromagnetic compatibility in accordance with IEC 60947-2, Appendices J and F.
6/10 | 1SDC200023D0201 | ABB Catalogue
Emax E1.2
1600 A
Emax E2.2
2500 A
Emax E4.2
4000 A
Emax E6.2
6300A
300...400
400...600
600...800
1000...1200
SACE Emax2 circuit-breakers enable the design of electrical switchgear to be improved, allowing it to be optimized not just in terms of performance, but also in the use of the main materials: Copper: thanks to the possibility of developing compact units, the length of the distribution system / busbar can be minimized. Metal frame and structure: reduced volumes also mean less surface space is used for panels and internal structures. Space: the optimization of the individual units benefits the entire switchgear, which is more compact and can therefore be installed taking up less surface space. Traditional circuit-breaker 3p Iu 2500A Emax E2.2 3p Iu 2500A Efficiencies with Emax 2: Possibility of saving in copper Possibility of saving in metal frame, segregation and plates Possibility of saving in the installation surface
600
400
200
ABB Catalogue | 1SDC200023D0201 | 6/11
Power supply
The Emax2 circuit-breakers can be supplied, indifferently, from either upper or lower terminals. In the event a measurement module is present, in order to make use of all information when the circuit-breaker is in the open position, the voltage sockets must be installed on the power supply side.
6
C
Withdrawable circuit-breakers
A 3p 280 400 500 900 B 4P 350 490 600 1000 1200 440* 500 500 500 500 252 355 355 355 355 C D
Anchorage plates The electrodynamic force released during a short-circuit can cause high levels of mechanical stress to the devices and structures of the switchgear. To minimize this, fastening plates must be positioned near the circuit-breaker terminals.
D [mm] E1.2 E2.2 E4.2 E6.2 HR/VR 200 250 150 150 SHR/SVR 200 250 150 150 F 200 250 250 250 EF 220 ES 220 FcCuAl 200 Fl 250 250 250
Tightening torques The following table indicates the values required for connecting the circuit-breaker terminal and the connecting bars.
Terminals Modifiable HR/VR rear Spread rear Front Extended front Spread front Front for cables E1.2 20 Nm 18 Nm 18 Nm 18 Nm 18 Nm 18 Nm E2.2 E4.2 E6.2
Segregation plates and separator plates The rear part of the circuit-breaker has been designed with specific slots in which insulating walls can be housed to facilitate segregation of live parts. In addition, phase separators are available as an optional accessory.
Accessories
The SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers offer a wide range of accessories that improve safety levels for technicians working on the switchgear and circuit-breakers. Furthermore, thanks to the different types of mechanical interlock available, pre-determined coordination strategies can be achieved between the circuit-breakers. In detail: Horizontal and vertical interlocks between circuit-breakers Door lock with circuit-breaker in closed position Switchgear door lock in racked-in/out position Lock of racked-out mechanism with door open External lock of shutters Flange for switchgear door IP30 and IP54 For further information of the operation of accessories, see chapter 5.
Compartment 2
2x50x8 2x50x10
Compartment 1
Performances with EF, SHR and F terminals can be compared, with the same connection sections, to the performances of circuit-breaker with HR terminal. Performances with ES terminals can be compared to the VR terminals. Performances with FC CuAl terminals, with cables in the prescribed sections, can be compared to HR performances.
Environment temperature 35 C 630 630 800 800 970 1000 45 C 630 630 800 800 930 960 55 C 630 630 800 800 900 920
Environment temperature 35 C 630 630 800 800 45 C 630 630 800 800 55 C 630 630 800 800
1000 1000 1200 1250 1150 1200 1100 1140 1250 1250 1330 1370 1260 1315 1220 1262 1430 1520 1440 1330 1475 1250 1250 1250 1000 1000 1000
1000 1000
950 970
1250 1250
1150 1200
1355 1415
1265 1310
Compartment 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
Compartment 1
2000
1490
1850
2000
2000
1940
2500
2350
2200
2500
2460
2320
Environment temperature 35 C 800 800 1000 1000 1250 1250 1470 1550 45 C 800 800 1000 1000 1250 1250 1410 1490 55 C 800 800 1000 1000 1250 1250 1360 1430
Environment temperature 35 C 800 1000 1250 45 C 800 1000 1250 55 C 800 1000 1250
Environment temperature 35 C 800 800 1000 1000 1250 1250 45 C 800 800 1000 1000 1250 1250 55 C 800 800 1000 1000 1250 1250
6
1500 1600 1600 1520 1580 1470 1550 1400 1475
1920 1950
1810 1850
1720 1760 1950 2000 2000 1920 2000 1860 1920 1760 1810
2000 2000
1900 1945
1810 1850 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1850 1900
2280 2400
2200 2310
2100 2170 2400 2500 2450 2350 2500 2270 2380 2160 2270
2394 2500
2310 2430
2205 2280 2500 2500 2500 2460 2500 2390 2500 2270 2380
6
Compartment 2
2500
2x100x10
2500
2450
2400
2500
2500
2500
Compartment 1
3200
3x100x10
3050
2900
2755
3200
3080
2920
4000
4x100x10
3450
3200
2970
3650
3400
3200
Performances with F and FL terminals can be compared to the performances of circuit-breaker with HR terminal.
The following tables provide an indication of the performance of the apparatus inside the switchgear. The data shown are a summary of software model simulations and real tests. SACE Emax 2 E6.2 H V X Circuit-breaker Switchgear dimensions 2200x1200xx900 (HxLxD)
HR Terminal VR Terminal One circuit-breaker in the column One circuit-breaker in the column
Environment temperature 35 C 45 C 55 C
4000
4x100x10
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
6
Compartment 2 5000 5x100x10 1 5000 5000 4900 5000 5000 5000
Compartment 1
6300
7x100x10
5650
5350
4850
6000
5700
5250
Performances with F and FL terminals can be compared to the performances of circuit-breaker with HR terminal.
800
2x50x5
800
800
800
800
800
800
Compartment 2
1000
1000
950
1000
1000
1000
Compartment 1 2x50x10 1250 2x50x8 1 1250 1205 1050 1 1250 1125 955
Performances with EF, SHR and F terminals can be compared, with the same connection sections, to the performances of circuit-breaker with HR terminal. Performances with ES terminals can be compared to the VR terminals. Performances with FC CuAl terminals, with cables in the prescribed sections, can be compared to HR performances
Dimensions
Fixed circuit-breaker E1.2 E2.2 E4.2 E6.2 Withdrawable circuit-breaker E1.2 E2.2 E4.2 E6.2
7/2 7/4 7/8 7/12 7/14 7/18 7/20 7/24 7/28 7/30
A
136,5 273 x x 296
331 X X
E4.2 E6.2
Y
12
E6.2/f 1014
7
Compartment door drilling E1.2
244 226 Y 244 226 Y 179 X 37 179 X 153 224 224 112 112 100 100 100 100 4 n6 4 fori n6 Y fori Y Y Y 4 n8 4 fori n8 fori 158 158 100100 153 100 37 100
348
X 100 100
348
E1.2
Standard Ronis/Profalux Kirk [mm] 49.5 [mm] 83.5 63.5 97.5 63.5 97.5
A MIN A MAX
[mm] 31 [mm] 71
41.5 81.5
45.5 85.5
E6.2/f -
7
Floor fixing
A
10.5 X X C = Y A (III) A (IV) B =
B 4p 187 244 334 460 586 3p 117 154 208 334 4p 117 154 208 460 460
E6.2/f -
122.5
.. MAX
X 35 X
245
R10
1)
Y B
[mm] A B
3p 192.5 70
4p 262.5 140
5.5 - M5
17.5
~100 150
95
95
134 268 X 20
173 20 X 20
6
178 184
Front terminals F
2
3 4
129
1
10 10
24 10
2 1
1
134 X 268 X
III - 70 IV - 140
2
14 25 50 70 70 70 Y 25
25
8
122.5
15
2
14
MIN. 130 - MAX. 164 WITH FLANGE 170 WITHOUT FLANGE
25
8
11 122.5
35 Y
15
12.5 X
5
X 178 184 95
25 50 70 70
25 245
12.5 X X 95
245
2
14 25
70
20.5
44 5.5 - M5 = =
20.5
129
7
~100 150 95
70
70 Y
70
29.5
15 1
70
70 Y
70
2
~100 150 95
7
29.5
1
173 20 20 X 291 204 102 X X 134 268
129 15 1
173 20
70
70 Y
70
4
X 20
20
2
X
X 20
~100 150
95
5
Y
102 291
MIN. 130 - MAX. 164 WITH FLANGE 170 WITHOUT FLANGE
134 X X
105 210 (III) 280 (IV)
20 268
2 15 X
204
6
178 184
25
X 20 11
3 4
11 15 15 25 11
129 24 10 10 10
5
1
6
178 184
2
14 25 25
25
14 12.5 12.5 95
95
129 15
35 X
134
X
= 44 = = 44 =
X
20.5
291
29.5 1
3
268
129
X
20.5
4
Y
4
~100
70 10 10 95
25 Y
24 1070 Y
70X
III - 70 IV - 140
8
122.5
105 Y
122.5
70
70 70 Y
70 70
70 Y
25
~100 150 ~100 95 95 150
7
70 70
173 20 X X
7
245 70
173
5
X
50
102 204
Y
178 184
134 X
50
245
173
X
291
268 X
20
20 X 20 X 20
20
20
5.5 - M5
5.5 - M5
Y 210 (III)
5 6
178
5
178 184 Y 105 210 (III) 280 (IV)
25 50 70 70
Key 1 2 3 4
280 (IV)
70
Front terminals for flat connection (IV) 280 (IV) 280 Extended front terminals 210 (III) 210 (III) To be supplied by the customer 105 105 Y Y Tightening torque 18Nm
3 4
position - Ref. page 7/2 5 Door 184 6 Obligatory phase separators 100mm 7 Obligatory insulating plate to be supplied by the customer 129
24 10 10 10
105 Y
8
Y
35 Y
70
70 Y
70
1 1 2
R 5.5
L1
L2
L3
59
2
7.5 7.5 1.5 12.5 70 70 Y 23.5
1
138.5 254.5 15 277 x 7.5
105 Y
127.25 x
x 7.5
R 5.5
55
R 5.5 73
12.5
18
70
70 Y
70
25.5
= 44 =
L1
L2
1 2
L3
59 12.5 184 59 12.5 129
R 5.5
55
R 5.5 73 70 70 3.75 70
1
= 44 =
184
18
25.5
Terminals HR
15 Y
N 2
L1
L2
Y129
1
138.5 254.5 15 277 x
70
70 3.75
70
184
59 12.5 7.5
184
59 23.5
102 x x
127.25
15 Y
129 7.5
3
1.5
129
1 1
2
70 Y x 295
102
14
178
R 5.5 178
73 70 254.5
70277 70 x
N
23.5 Y
L1
L2
L3
7.5 7.5 1.5 23.5
4
178 184 59
7.5
70
12.5
III - 192.5 (IV) IV280 - 262.5 55 Y (III) 210 R 5.5 73 Y 122.5 105
70 61.25
70 Y
70
7.5
7.5
12.5
1
R 5.5
1.5
55 73
3
18
2
106 102 Terminals VR 42.75 59.75 x 61.25 212 204 x 25.5
R 5.5 129
1
= 44 = 127.25 x
42.75
129
59.75 Y
245
18 X 35 x
L1
L2
L3
R 5.5
= 44 =
25.5
254.5 15
295
18
59 70 12.5 70 3.75 70 Y Y 280 (IV) 184 59 210 (III) 129
25.5
184 12.5
= 44 =
59
70 122.5 8
70 3.75
70
184
59 12.5
Y 245
3.75 70 70 R10
15 X
2
X 35
129
Y 178
3 4
178 106
5.5 - M5
15
70
1
102 127.25 x x x
Y III - 70 IV - 140
2 17.5
70
138.5
5
70 3.75
3
70
105 Y
3
184 129 59
1 129
15 Y
x x
2
x
12.5
102 x
106
3
295 x 212 204
3
x
212
204
254.5 15
277
127.2
15
106
III - 192.5 IV - 262.5 Y 4 70 178
MIN. 130 - MAX. 164 WITH FLANGE 170 WITHOUT FLANGE
3.75 70
61.25
42.75
59.75
4
178
x
3.75 70 70
Y x
70
7.5
7.5
70
23.5
4
178
1.5
178
122.5
12.5 Y
X 35 X
70 3.75 70 55 70 73
III - 192.5 IV - 262.5
70 Y
245
4
178 R 5.5
70
R 5.5
III - 192.5 IV - 262.5
70
R10
Key 1 2 3 4 Horizontal orientable terminals HR Vertical orientable terminals VR 5.5 - M5 Tightening torque 20 Nm Door position - Ref. page 7/2
Y III - 70 IV - 140 17.5
59.75
42.75
18
25.5
= 44 =
122.5
122.5
42.75
59.75
61.25
61.25
L1
L2
L3
245
245
X R10
70
70 3.75
70
X 35
184 129
59 12.5
184
15 Y
2
5
59
12.5
129 2.5
1
5
8
10
20
171.5
171.5
1
~200 230 258.5
1
258.5
100 X
56
55 X
100 X = 90 = 45 22.5
22.5 = 90 = 45 20 15 31.5
= 90 = 45 20 15
31.5
31.5 15 22.5
= 90 = 45 20
22.5
31.5
= 90 15 45 = 31.5 15
= 90 = 45 22.5 20 = 90 = 45
171.5 20
31.5 15
20
20
5
171.5
171.5
171.5 22.5
7
22.5
= 90 = 45
31.5 15
171.5 = 90 = 31.5 15
= 90 = 45
= 90 = 45
20
31.5 = 90 = 15 22.5 20
171.5
22.531.5
45
15
20
45 22.5
20
171.5
22.5
20
171.5
= 90 = 45 15
31.5
20
171.5
= 90 = 5.5 - M5
171.5
116 116 116 23 1 Y
171.5 22.5
171.5
116 23 116
22
20
Y
4-pole version
22.5 20
45
1 2
15
171.5
~200
40.5 1
116
116
116 23 Y
116
230
~200 230
171.5
23
116
116
116 23
258.5
116 23
116
102 204 X X
134 268
1
56
116
116 23 Y
116
116
100 X
56
55
Y 40.5
129 ~200
100 X
~200 230
~200
23
~200
Y
3 4
230
230
5
178 184
258.5 134
105 Y
1 2 5
15
1
258.5
230
56
230
100 X
55 X 100 X
100 258.5 X
56
102 55 X 204 X
100 X X 280
268
56
100 X
~200 100 X
56 230
55 X
100 X 258.5
230
56
6
204
22.5 = 90 = 45 22.5
102
134
31.5 15
= 90 = 45
1
Y
245
5
Y 105
3 4
1
Y 22.5 210 = 90 = 105 45 178 184 III - 70 IV - 140 35
31.5 15
268
X
56
100 X
22.5
= 90 = 45 22.5
= 90 = 45
100 15 X
31.5
31.5 15
56
20
Y 210
105
5
105
531.5
15
= 90 = 45
20
20
Y
171.5 5.5 - M5 Y 171.5
5
20 Y
280
280
6
= 90 = 45 245 22.5 22.5 = 90 = 122.5 45 20
3 4
105
22.5
280
5
31.5 15 22.5
Y 31.5 20 X 15 X 15 31.5
6 = 90 =
45 20
31.5 15 22.5
= 90 = 45 22.5
171.5
45
= 90 =
178 184
31.5 15
= 90 = 45
= 90 = 45
105
III - 70 IV - 140 35 Y
31.5 15
171.5
31.5 15
22.5
280
122.5
20
20
20
122.5
20
20
245
171.5 5.5 - M5 Y
171.5
245
X 171.5 = 90 = 45
171.5
171.5
171.5
171.5
X 171.5
31.5 15
129 129 40.5 15 40.5 1
= 90 = 45
116 116 116 23 116 23 Y
31.5 15
116 23 5.5 M5 20 Y 116 116 23
= 90 = 45
= 90 = 45 15
31.5 15
31.5
5.5 - M5
45 22.5
= 90 =
= 90 =Y 45
22.5
22.5
31.5 15
31.5 15
116
20
Key
22.5
22.5 20 20
22.5 20 20
1 2
1 2
15
1 Splayed extended front terminals 171.5 2 Tightening torque 18Nm 171.5 3 Door position - Ref. page 7/2
129 129 40.5 40.5
~200 4 Obligatory phase separators 200 mm 230 230 171.5 171.5 5 Obligatory insulating plate to be supplied by the customer 134 134 102 102 204 X 204 X X 268 X 268 56 56100 X 100 X 100 X
171.5~200
~200 230
171.5
258.5
258.5
100 X
56
56 55 X
55 X
100 X
100 X
116
116 116
116 116 23
116 23
129 116
23
116116 2340.5
116
116
116
116 23
116 23
116
15 1 7/615 | 1 1SDC200023D0201 1 1
| ABB Catalogue
Y
1
~200 ~200 230 230
15
2
~200 230 ~200 230
3 4
3 4
~200
178 178
5
Y 105 Y 105
5
~200
Y 105
Y 105
= 58 = 28 13
70 38
1
30.4
= 58 = 28 13
70 38
73
31
31.6
87
73
31
30.4 31.6 87
25
21.5
31.5
184
2 3
129
1
95
20 Y
1
95
20 Y
1
134 20 X 291
=5
166
191.5
166
191.5
202 20 X
73
268
268
2 21.5
95
150 95
70
70
70
4= 58 =
28 101 13 178
70 38 70 70
Y 70
2 3
6
Y III - 70 IV - 140 35
III - 70 IV - 140
73 = 58 = = 58 = 70 38 13 21.5 30.4 70 38
31.6
27.75
1
95
20
61
1
Y
35
28
28 13
1
25
= 58 = 28
7
191.5 202 134 20 X
73
73 X 25 25
31
31 31.6
31.6
31
147.5 102
X 204 X
166
404
268
280 (IV) 25 16.75 16.75 210 (III) 21.5 20 Y 105 31.5 16.75
2 3
184 129 59.25 59.25 27.75 27.75 404 204 5.5- M5
59.25 31.5
5
5.5- M5 Y
27.75
31.5
150 95
84 129
184
280 (IV) 280 (IV) 210 (III)210 (III) 191.5 59.25 105 166 27.75 Y X Y 202 105
95
280 (IV)
4
105 20
2 1102 1 3
X 95 95 20 20
129 147.5
5
134 20 X 95
5
20
210 (III)
5
178
291
101
1
268
Y X
166
191.5 20 95 X
404
204
X 268
X 268
122. 245
101
70
70
70
150
150
178 95 95
4
101 101
5
Y 70 70
70 Y
35
178
178
X 35 Y
5.5- M5 245
122.5Y X X
Key 1 Front terminals for cables FC CU AL Y 5.5- M5 5.5- M5 2 Tightening torque 43 Nm 3 Tightening torque 18 Nm
Y
4 Door position - Ref. page 7/2 Y 5.5- M5 insulating plate to be 5 Obligatory supplied by the customer
50
60
60
90
90
90 10
L1
L2
L3
1 3
2000A
13
2500A
35 15 33 45 10
30
3 4
50
2000A
60
2500A
2
90 90 90 10
60
60
2500A
10 N L1 L2 L3 13 35 15 33 45 10
30
114
331 13 60
2 4 45 2000A
33 15 33 50
90
3 490
90
10
2500A
13 60 35
30 15 33 60 10
168.5 98
35 114
10 N 90 90 L1 90 L2 90
2 1 3
45 50
3 4
90
90 L3 10
45
3 6
12 10.5
98 35 - 2000A 47 - 2500A 60 15
Terminals HR
= 150 = 270 35 114
5 6 2 435 - 2000A
47 - 2500A 15 47
60
7
154 (III) 244 (IV) OK 10.5 325 NO 154 10
2 40 4 1 3
10 114 114 98 331
4
90
L1
90
10
98
7
124
5 6
N N 1 3 L1 L2 90
L1 L3 90
L2 90 168.5
L3
8
24
2000A
13 35 15 33
M5 270 35 93 47
1 7
48 MIN 88 MAX 325 84 150 13 MESSA A TERRA 270
5 6
98
L3
45
3 6
47
5 2000A 10
23 15 124
35
10
2500A
= 35 150 15 33 2500A 45 10
60
30
35
10
2000A
40
13 138
2500A
35
3047 - 2500A
8 9
M5 13 60 93
33 45 2000A 10 35
13
114
331
35
10
15
10
3 4
33 45
10
168.5
13 35 - 2000A 15 33
= 13 60
24 Terminals VR 325
...MAX
15 124
98 50 33 45
3 4
35
15 33
10 60 45
15
10 7
48 MIN 88 MAX 24
8
84 150
M5
1 5
93
2 3 60 6
114 12
154 (III)
3 904
50
154 10
OK
10.5 168.5
NO
60
60
2 4
35 - 2000A 60 47 - 2500A 23 15
98 50 L1 35 - 2000A 12 N
2
90 L2 90 L3 6 90 10 =
90
90
60
90 10
114
8 9 10
MESSA A TERRA
47 3- 2500A 15 6
90
10.5 90
90
150 10 L2 L3
N =
L1
L2
L3
98
48 MIN 88 MAX
8 9
2 4 1 3
114 ...MAX
L1 244 (IV) 90
2 154 4 (III)
90
L1 154 90 L3 90
90
90 10 OK
90 L2
= 2000A 7 150 =
90
90
10 10
13
35 10.5 L1 90 60
OK
15 L2 33 45L3
NO
5 6 3 4
98
114
N
N
L1 (III) 154
10 7
5 6
98
1 N 3
98 L1
244 (IV) 90 90 L2 L3
1 3
L2 90
L3 154
270 90
10.5
35 50
NO
90
270
2000A 7 35
35 15 33
270 35
47
13
5 6
10
40
5 6
2500A
13N
L3
2
L3 10
90 30 10
90
Key 1 2 3 4 Horizontal terminals 2000A Vertical terminals 2000A Horizontal terminals 2500A Vertical terminals 2500A 5 6 7 8
45 270
325
8
7/8 | 1SDC200023D0201 | ABB Catalogue
24 325
Tightening 10 torque ...Nm 10 Tightening torque ...Nm 50 60 Door position - Ref. page 7/2 331 124 Earthing deviceRef. page114 7/32
M5 10
47 35 40
3 4
47
33
45 M5 60
N 124
L1
40 90 90 90
138
60 10 24
2 8 138 4
90 93
90
10 98 124
35 - 2000A 93 47 - 2500A
10
114 331
10
168.5
114
1 5 90
L1
325 15
M5
2 8 93
3
M5
124 12
98
L1 6
L2
114 90
L3 331
168.5
7
98 48 MIN 88 MAX
84
1 3
150 168.5 23
90
10.5
90
90
230 15 13
167 15 13
230 15 13
167 15 13
35 60
35
60
35 60
35
60
90
90 Y
90
90
90 Y
90
1
40
1
40
3
X 331 X X 451 325 X X
3
331 X X 451
3 2
5
168.5 M5
3 2
168.5
39 20 23 10.5 Y 6 12 Y 15
1
48 MIN 88 MAX
39 20 6 12 Y 15
84 150
23
230
10.5
8
13
Y
167
15
1
= 150 =
RA
= 150 =
5 6
MESSA A TERRA
35 60
1
230 13 10.5 15 230
2
.. MAX 167
2
154 (III) 244 (IV) 15 167 Y 154
7
15 13
OK
NO
35 60
13
OK
13 35 60
90 10.5
15
90 Y
90
NO
35 60
35
Y 60 L2 L3
N 270 22 20
90 90 Y 90
L1
4
L3 N
90
90 Y
90
1
40
L3
3
X
15
4 4
325 X 15
276 (III)
1
40
138
3 2
331
451
1
40
M5
168.5
3 3
325 X X 331 X X
39
451
84 150
20 23 451
6 12
325 X M5
3 5 2
20
3 2
331
15
8
10.5 Y
M5 39 Y 6 12 15
168.5
6 12 84 150 20 23 10.5
39
48 MIN 88 MAX
23
5 6
MESSA A TERRA 15
= 150 =
8
Y 10.5 Y =
..
5 Key
150 =
= 150 =
244 (IV)
4 Door position - Ref. page 7/2 5 Earthing device- Ref. page 7/3
154 (III) .. MAX 244 (IV) Y 154 154 (III) 154 Y
OK
10.5
NO
..
MAX
OK
NO OK
10.5
10 15 55 67
10
35 15 55 67
10 15 55 67
10
2
= 60 =
4
10 35 = 60 = 130 Y 130 10 = 60 = 15
2 4
= 60 =
= 60 =
1 100
60
= 60 = 35 = 60 = 15 55
2 1 3
2 67 4
III = 45 = 30130 10
55
67
60 100
Y L1 L2 L3 = 60 = = 45 = 30 10 15 55 67
2 4
= 60 = 35 15
2 4
55 67 IV
90 Y
130
35
1 3
L1
Y L2
L3
3 4
10
40
1 2
10
3 4
10
40
2 4
III
1 3
Y L1 L2 X L3
114
331
325
124
114
331
168.5 98 24 Y Y
8
M5 93 98
2 4
130
90
130 Y 168.5
1 3
6
= 150 =
12
11 1
154
7
48 MIN 88 MAX 84 150 23 270
5
57
6
= 150
12
IV 6
Y N Y L1
Y L2
11
L3
366 (IV)
10.5
3
69
2000A
154 (III)
8 9
10
MESSA A TERRA
1 2
.. 10 MAX 35
3 4
10
40 154 (III)
244 (IV) Y
OK
= 10.5 60 = 35 15
2
NO
4
124 15 93 55 67 X 10 X
OK
10.5
10 325
8
55 67 24
2
M5
NO
1
168.5
98 Y Y
60 100
7
= 45 = 30 10 48 MIN 88 MAX 84 150 23
= 60 =
3 = 45 =
30
6
= 150 10
12
2 11
= 60 = 35
154
= 60 = 35 15
8 9
MESSA A TERRA
15 55 35 ..
35
10.5
10
= 67 10
154 (III)
15 55 67
2 55
67 10
4
244 (IV) Y
= 60 = 35 100 60 15 55 67
MAX
= 60 =
10 2 4
130
2
= 60 = 130 Y 15 55 67 = 60 =
OK
10.5
60
NO
= 45 = 30 10 15 55
100
2500A
60 100
1 3
= 60 = L3 = 45 = 30 10 15
= 60 = 35
= 45 = III 30 10 15 55 67 130 L1
Y L2
= 60 = 35
4
90 Y 130
35
67
2 4
1 553
60
67
100
= 60 =
IV 60 100 = 60 = N
L1
Y L2
2
L3 = 60 =
4
10
= 60 =
2 4
III
1
2 4
= 60 = 35
130
35
10
2
15 55 67
270
57
1 2
10
69
3 4
10
40 III Y L1 L2
55
1 3
67
L3
2 4
= 45 =
X
130
60
325
124
114
2 4X 331
130
90
100
Y
130
= 60 =
= 45 = 30 10 15 IV N
8
M5 24 93 98 IV
3
N
= 60 = 35
L1
1 30 3
168.5
10
4
270
35
Y L2
15
L3
5 1 Side horizontal splayed terminals 2000A 270 57 2 MIN Central84 horizontal splayed terminals 2000A 48 150 23 69 88 MAX 3 Side horizontal splayed terminals 2500A 1 terminals 2500A 4 Central horizontal splayed 8 MESSA A TERRA 2
10 10
Key
6 3 150 4
=
12
5 6 7 40 8
Tightening torque ...Nm 138 Tightening torque ...Nm 60 Y Door position - Ref. page 7/2 10.5 100 Earthing device- Ref. page 7/3
154 (III) 154
55
67
57
55
67 69
11
1 2
= 60 = 130 X Y 130 X 124 10
3 4
10
40
= 60 =
= 60 =
325
2 4325
X
1 3X
114
331
331
244 (IV) Y
OK
10.5
10 8
NO
168.5
III 24
8
L1
Y L2
M5
L3
93
98
M5
93
98
= 45 =
100
= 60 =
100
= 45 =
60 100 = 60 =
90
90 Y
90 10
90
90 Y
90 10
L1
Y L2
L3
L1
Y L2
L3
90
90 Y
90 10
= 60 = 35 15
10
90
90 Y
90 2
= 60 = 10 35
30
2
15 55 67
10
Y VerticalN splayed L1 L2rear L3terminals SVR 60 100 366 (IV) 69 276 (III) Y 138 270 57
55
67 N L1
Y L2
L3
60 100 = 60 =
10
40
40 Y L2
L1
L3
194
331
325
194
194
331
X 90 90 Y 90 10
168.5 58 12 6 Y
6
24
M5 58 58 12 6 Y L1
168.5
9 1
5
48 MIN 88 MAX 84 150 270 23
4 2
= 57 69
Y L2
L3
= 150 =
2000A
10.5
10.5
6 7
10
MESSA A TERRA
150 =
1:2 1
..
2
MAX = 60 = 35 15
1
Y
154 = 60 = 35 10.5 15
7
2
X
1
X 55 194 67
OK
8
67 325 X X 194
NO 55
331
OK
10.5
NO
6
60 100 = 45 = 24
M5 58 60 100 58 = 60 =
168.5
5
48 MIN 88 MAX 84 150
90
90
1 3 90
Y
= 60 = 35
10
4 1
15 55 67 =
150
10
12
= 60 = 35 15 55 67
23 Y L2
10.5
6 7 8
N L1 MESSA A TERRA
L3
1:2
90 90 Y .. 90 MAX 10
60 100
2500A
= 45 =
154 (III) 154 Y 90
60 100
=6
244 (IV)
90 Y
90
OK
N L1 Y L2 L3
10.5
10
= 60 = 35
1
15 55 67
NO
10
30 10
2
N L1 Y L2 L3
270
57 60 100
= 45 =
90 30 10 15 N L1
90 Y
90 10
1
90 90 Y
= 60 = 35
90
1
15
= 60 =
10
= 60 = 35
10
1
X
55
325
X N
67
55
X 194 331 X X
67
Y L2
L3
6 L1
Y L2 M5
194 L3
60
58
100
24
= 45 =
60 270
12 6 Y
168.5
58
100 57
5
48 MIN 88 MAX
90
90 Y 84 150 Y
90
3 10
23
90
90 Y
90
Y
Key
10
40
1 Vertical splayed 2000A N L1 L2 terminals L3 2 Vertical splayed terminals 2500A 6 MESSA A TERRA 3 Tightening torque ...Nm 1:2
= 150
325
4 Tightening torque ...Nm 10.5 Y Ref. page 7/2 5 Door position N L1 L2 6 Earthing deviceRef.L3 page 7/3
X X 194
154
194
331
69
7 8
40
6
90 24
244 (IV)
90
154 M (III) 5
90
Y
168.5
10 58
10.5
OK
2
NO
58
126
126
126 20
1
Y
L1
L2
L3
1 3
N
126
L1
126
L2
Y 126
L3
13
35
15
20 13
35
15
50 10 33
1
= 80 =
33
45
2
= 70 =
2 3 4
126
45
4
= 80 =
L1
L2
510 (IV) 276 Y 138
L3
1 2 3200A
4000A
126 Y 126
= 80 =
3
20
7 40
Y 35
10
35
15
15
20
20
N
126
L1
126
L2
Y 13 126 10
L3 35
13 10
35 13
35
13
13
35 - 3200A 47 - 4000A 33
35
4
45
15
15
15
50 10 33
50 10
33
114
331 X
X
13
1 2
X
1 2
1 2
= 80 =
= 80 = X 114
= 80 =
2 4
45
33
15
20
45
45
50 10
33
= 70 =
45
= 70 =
3 4
126 126
3 4
L1 126 126
126
= 80 =
33
= 80 =
45
= 80 =
1 2 3
= 70 =
2N
2
N N
L2
Y Y
L3
Y
126
= 80 =
3 6
10.5
3 4
126
20
20
= 80 =
11
98
126
Terminals HR
7
= 150 =
5 35 6 - 3200A
35
N L1 L1
126
4
40
4
4
N
L2 L1 L2 Y
126 126 126 126 510 (IV) Y
Y Y
126
20
L2 L3 YL3
L3 10
126 10
L3
10
10.5
NO
2 4
20 X 114
2 35 - 3200A 47 - 4000A 4
2 4X
114 10
47
N
126
L1
10
1
X
1 32 1 3
331 X
N L1
126 126 126
L2 L1
Y 126 Y126
L2 L3
Y 126
L3 3
L3
325 X
8 7 7
48 MIN 88 MAX 24
134
X X 98 X 114 98
114
1 3
N
N
126
L1
126
L2
Y 126
M5
7
7
270 270 35 84 270 13 150 35
88
5 16
35 15
98
1 5
33 20
5 6
5 6
47
1
98
2
47 12 40
N L1
N L1
6
L2 L1
510 (IV) Y
Y
2
L2
L2 L3
L3
168.5
L3
3
13
35
15
510 (IV)
320
47
40
35
23
6
10
10
40
276 276 192 Y (III) Y 384 510 (IV) 35138 138 Y 276 Y 13
138
33
11
33
15
50 10
45
20
45
10
10.5
1 45 2
= = = 80 =
50 10
= 80 =
325 X
Terminals VR8
24 24
24 2 1 7
8 1 2325 X 9 8 325 X 10
MESSA A TERRA
= 80 =
150
20
8 M5
X 35 134
X
X X
15 134
XX
13
..
M5 MAX
M5
13
X 33
331 15 X
3 4
126 126 208 (III) 334 45 (IV)
20
Y 126
13
= 80 =
35 X X
134
15
35
15
331 X
13
33 45
88
88
88
98
33
208
20
168.5
168.5 10.5
NO
33
45
168.5
Y
= 70 =
Y 192
126192 = 80 = 192
7
48 MIN 88 MAX
1 2
84 150
84
= 80 =
1 5
1 3
15 6 5
= 80 =
12
12
12
7 48 MIN
48 MIN 88 MAX
84 150
150
32
3 46
126
2
= 80 =
L1
126 10.5
L2 6 126
= 70 = Y 384 (III)
Y 6
384 (III)
88 MAX
35 - 3200A 23 23 47 - 4000A
23
3 4 6 6
126
L3
3 4
126 20
= 80 =
35 - 3200A 47 - 4000A
11
11
126 11
10 10
Y
= 150
126 20
8 9 X 10
2 TERRA A TERRA 8 MESSA AMESSA 4 MESSA A TERRA 8 35 - 3200A 9 47 - 4000A X 114 9 10 .. MAX .. MAX 1 10 .. MAX 2 4 98
X
10.5
Y
2 4
X 114
10.5
L1
126
1 3
Y
126
L2
Y 126
L3
150 =
X = 150
10
Y =
L1
L2
208 208 (III) Y 35 - 3200A 126 126 208 (III) 126 47 - 4000A 334 (IV) 208 334(III) (IV) 208 13
334 (IV)
Y Y
L3 N
Y
L1
L2
Y
10.5
L3
126
NO
NO
10
208 35 126
126 15 10.5
10.5
20 10
NO
98
10
7
X
270 35
5 6
X 114
1 3 4
2
N
L1
L2
Y
L3
L1 126
L2 126
L3 126
7
= 80 = 126
33 Y
45
5 6
270
98
47
X 114
40
L1
126
L2
Y
L3= 70 = 35
3 447
126
126
35 13
270
15
20
35
5 6
10 47
20
98
L1
L2
138
2
50
L3
35 15 Y 10
510 (IV)
Key 1 2 3 4 Horizontal terminals 3200A Vertical terminals 3200A Horizontal terminals 4000A Vertical terminals 4000A
325 X
1 2
24
325 X
5 6 8 7 8
Tightening torque 45 ...Nm X X X 331 Tightening134 torque ...Nm 114 270 35 Door M 5 position - Ref. page 7/2 10 20 = 80 = = 70 = Earthing device- Ref. page 7/3
88
X 134 X
33
40
5 6 3 4
47
276 13 Y 138
20
N
X
L1
325 X
33
L2
45
L3
X
98
8
84 150
114
40 126
6 Y Y 384 (III) Y
6
= 80 = 168.5 126
192
8
= 80 = 138
4 M5
134
X 126
331 X
126
M5
1 5
12
20
168.5
2 4
88
88
3 6
98
20
10 X X 12 X
23
325 X
Y Y 331 X
11
192
84 150
1 3
X 23
1 5 126
13
15 13
15
13
15 13
15
35 80
35 80
35 80
35 80
126
126 Y
126
126
126 Y
126
L1
Y L2
L3
L1
Y L2
L3
Front terminals F
510 (IV) 22 20 276 138 Y 15 510 (IV)
270
22 20
276 138 Y 15
1
40
1
40
3
445.5
3
445.5
331
325
331
M 5
3
168.5 6 24 33.5 12 Y 192 384 (III) 15 48 MIN 88 MAX
M 5
3
168.5 6
2 2
2
20 23
1
84 150 23 20
33.5 12 Y 192 15
8 5 1
MESSA A TERRA
240
384 (III)
13 Y
15
171.5
ERRA
10.5
= 150 =
6 7
10.5
35 80
= 150 =
2 2
208 (III) 334 (IV) Y 208
1
208 (III) 334 (IV)
1
208
126
171.5
126
126 Y
240
OK 10.5
13
240 NO 15 13 15
171.5 15 13
15 13
OK 10.5
NO
N
35 80 35 80 35 80
L1
35 80
Y L2
L3
510 (IV)
4
126 126 Y 126126 126 Y 126
270
22 20
276 138 Y 15
1
40
L3
L1
Y L2 N
L3 L1
Y L2
3
445.5
325
510 (IV)
X
510 (IV) 276
331
270
22 20
270
22 20
276 138 Y 15
5
138
M 5
15
3
168.5 6 33.5 12 Y 192 384 (III) 15
1
40
1
40
24
2
48 MIN 88 MAX 84 150
445.5 X
20 23
445.5
325
325
331
X M 5
331
5
24
M 5
35
3
6 6
5 6
168.5
24
2
48 MIN 88 MAX 84 150 48 MIN 88 MAX 23 20 84 150
12 23
2
20
33.5 15 Y 192 15
33.5
384 (III)
8
208 (III) 334 (IV)
Y 208
Key MESSA A TERRA 5 5 1 Upper front terminals 2 Lower front terminals 6 6 3 Tightening torque ...Nm
MESSA A TERRA
10.5
4 Door position - Ref. page 7/2 10.5 = 5 Earthing device- Ref. page 7/3
150 =
= 150 =
OK 10.5
NO
.. MAX
.. MAX
7
208 (III) 334 (IV)
Y 208
OK 10.5
NO OK 10.5
2
20 35 15 33 45 10 50 10
11
35 35 15 15 20 20
22
35 35 15 15 33 33 45 45 33 33 45 45 10 10 = 8= 08 =0 = 252 252 Y Y 63 63 50 50 10 10
13 13
= 8= 08 =0 =
= 7= 07 =0 =
13 13
= 8= 08 =0 = 252 252
1 2
252
252
63
1 12 2
MESSA MESSA A TERRA A TERRA
III
L1 L2
252
66
Y
III III
L1 L1
189 189 . . .M XAX . AM 252 252 Y Y 63 63
Y Y
L3
252
Horizontal 1 2
IV
189
77 1 12 2 IVIV 88
L2 L2
252 252
L3 L3
Y rear terminals HR 63
Y Y
L1
762 (III)
L2
888 (IV)
L3
N N
L1 L1
L2 L2
888 88 ( I8 V( )I V ) 762 76 ( I2 I I( )I I I )
L3 L3
40 Y
270 270
51 51
51 51
40 40 Y Y
444 44 ( I4 V( )I V ) 318 31 ( I8 I I( )I I I )
20 20
1
331 X X 325 325X X
10 10
2
331 3 3X 1 X X X 168 1.6 58 . 5
14
6 6
168.5 24 24
X X 134 134
X X
X X
114 114
M 5M 5
88 88 98 98 Y Y 138 138 276 276 1 0 .1 50 . 5
50 10 33
2 4
12
Y 276 10.5
138
55
35
11 33 2
35
22 44 2
15 45
12 12
99
460 4( 6I 0 V( )I V ) = = = = 150 150
15
460 (IV)
5000A
460
334 (III)
33
45
460 460
10
334 3( 3I 4 I I( )I I I )
13
= 80 =
= 70 =
13
= 80 = 252 252 63
= 80 =
7
1
7
13
6 35
9
MESSA A TERRA
15 20
1 2 III
2
35 15
Y
1
50 10
99
33
L1
45
.. MAX
189
252 63
33
Y
L2
45
252
L3
1 2 IV
= 80 =
= 70 =
13
10 = 80 =
Y 252
= 80 = 252
0K
10.5
NO
1 2
51
L1
63 L2
888 (IV)
L3
0 K 0 K 1 0 .1 50 . 5
6 7 8
325
MESSA A TERRA
270
NO NO
III 51 2
33 20
40
762 (III) Y
35
444 (IV)
15
20
1
35 1X 5 .. 20 MA
L1
252 63
189
2
Y
L2
Y 252 35
L3 3 18 (III)
50 15 33 45 10
33
45
1 1 02
X 45 X
13
X 10 68.5 = 801 =
6300A
6
24 13
134
IV
114
331 X
= 80 =
= 70 =
M5
= 80 =
88
= 70 = 98
L1
13
L2
= 80 = 252 Y 276
L3
252 63
888 (IV)
270
5 2
51
20
48 MIN 88 MAX
6 35 7 8
84
1 3 MESSA A TERRA
15
23
51 50 10 10
40
2 4
12
1 2
762 (III)
6
9
MESSA A TERRA
150 20
III
10.5
318 (III)
Y
L1
189 252 460 63 .. MAX
L2
Y
33 X 134 X
45 X 10 114 = 80 = 98 331 X
L3
7
= 150 =
.. MAX
325
6
24
13
1 2 IV
M5
= 80 = 88 Y 252 63
8
168.5
1 2 III 5
84 48 MIN 88 MAX 189
252
270
1 3
51
2 4
L3
1 12
35
51
L1 Y
276
L2
138
888 (IV) 762 (III)
L3
9
20
444 (IV)
2
35 270 51 15 33 20 = 80 = 252 XY 2 5 2 134 63 45 10 10 = 80 = X 50 10 51
L1 1 5 0
252 63 Y
2 3 L2 252
20
10.5 40
15
33
10
1 2 IV
325 X
45
318 (III)
= 150 =
X
460
13
Y
X
L1
134
114
= 80 =
331 X 0K 10.5
= 70 =
NO
13
24
L2
M5
L3
88 98
888 (IV)
1 2
138
3 2 51 6 8 .X 5
6
24
114
Key
40
1 2 3 4
5 Horizontal terminals 5000A 84 Y Horizontal terminals 6300A 48 MIN 150 Tightening torque 8 8 M A X ...Nm Tightening torque ...Nm
1 3
6 7
X
A TERRA 2 MESSA 1 2 5 4 Door position - Ref.1 0 page 7/2 .5 6 Earthing device- Ref. page 7/3
.. MAX
Y 276
M5
88 Y 98
III
460 (IV)
L1
189 =
150
L2
252 84 63 150 Y 23
252
1 3
L3
2 4
331 X
8
168.5 0K 10.5
460
334 (III)
1 2
48 MIN= 88 MAX
NO
IV
L1
L2
888 (IV)
L3
12
III 1 3 IV
N
L1
189
L2
252 Y 63
III
L3
252
L1
L2
252 Y 63
L3
252
1 3 IV
N
189
L1
252 Y
L2
252 63
L3
L1
252 Y
L2
252 63
L3
2 4 III
L1
2 4 III
L1
L2
252
L3
252
L2
252 Y 63
L3
252
189
2 4 IV
189
IV
N L1
L2
888 (IV) 762 (III)
L3
L1
762 (III)
L2
888 (IV)
L3
51
444 (IV)
1 2
X
40 Y
318 (III)
51
444 (IV)
1 2
NO 325 X X M5 98
40
318 (III)
114
331
X OK 10.5 168.5
114
331
X 168.5
98 12 6 10.5 Y 138
24
23
3 4
1276
35
Y
1
15
460 (IV)
35 15 33(III) 334 45
9 1
5
20
=
2
35 23
12
20
3 4 35
2
15
6 10.5
2
50 10 10
138
276 Y
50
9
= 150 =
7
45
2
.. MAX
15
5000A
460
33
150 =
460 (IV)
33
45
33
45
460
334 (III)
13
13
6
= 80 = 35 15 15 33
33 20
MESSA A TERRA
13
1
1
35
= 80 =
= 70 =
= 70 = 20
35
1 3
20
1 3
2
2
252
35
13 = 80 =
10 = 80 = 35 252 Y 63 15
50 10
10 = 80 = 50
= 80 = 50 15 10
252
35 252 Y
15
63
10
15
45
33
45
33
33
13
13
13 = 80 =
= 80 =
45
III
= 70 = = 70 =
III 1 1 3 1
N
252 3 IV
45
33
45
L1
189
13
L1
= 80 =
= 70 =
13 189
3 1
1 3 III 1 3 IV
252
= 80 = 252
L2
45 L2
L3
L3
10 = 80 =
10 = 80 =
3 IV III 2 4 L1 1 III 3
1
L3
35 15 33 20
N L1
189
L1
252
Y L1
63
L1
252 Y Y L3
252
L2
252 63 L2 252 Y Y 63 Y Y
L2
252 63 L3 252 63
L3 L3
252
III 2
189
4 1 3
L2
252
L2
252
63
189
Y
45
96300A 9
III
13
IV 2
N
IV 2 N 4 IV
L1
L1
189
L1 N
Y
L2
Y Y
L2
252 252 63
Y Y
L3
252
L3
252 63
= 80 =
= 70 =
2
20 35 15 50 10
2 4 III
4 2
4252 2
L1
L2 L3 63
L2
63
L3
L3
252
4 IV III
Y Y
Y Y
2
L3 L3 L3
9 9
9
13 = 80 = 252 Y 63
33
III
N L1
L1
Y
L1 L2 (III) 762
252 63
L2
L3
Y 888 (IV)
L2
Y 888 (IV)
45
2
1051 = 80 =
L2 L1
252 Y
L2 (III) 762
252
L3
0 =
1 3 III 1 3 IV 2 4
OK 10.5
252
1 IV 2
51
2
40
189
2
40
189
189
252
4 14 2 1 IV IV L1 N
N
X 331 X
Y Y Y
35
L1
L2
888 (IV)
L1
L2
888 (IV)
L3
2
L2
20
L3
X
L3
X 168.5 168.5
35 15
50 10
NO OK 10.5 OK 10.5
NO 325
Y
X 325
L1
L2
24
63
L3 24
252
51 M5
X M5
114
40
114 331
762 (III)
15
888 (IV)
189
252 Y
1 51 2
84 84
X
33
51 98 40
98
45 318 (III)
Y Y 276 Y Y
444 (IV)
33
45
5
N
NO
5
Y 48 MIN
1 2 3
23 X 331 114 X
13 12
L1
325
88 MAX
L2
63
NO 10.5
24
L3
114
150 23 X
1 2 3 4
40 12 6 6
318 (III)
= 80 =
10.5
= 70 = 276
YX
9 1
10.5
9
X X =
13
10 = 80 = 252 = 80 =
252
(IV) = 150 168.5 =
460 Y 460 24 .. MAX 24 .. MAX 1 Vertical terminals 5000A Door 7/2 6 position - Ref. page138 98 12 5 98 8 8 2 Vertical terminals 6300A 84 5 6 Earthing device- Ref. 276 page 7/3 3 A MESSA TERRAA TERRA 6MIN 6 MESSA Y 3 Tightening torque ...Nm 10.5 III 48 12 12 150 23 4 6 6 Y 88 MAX 4 Tightening torque L1 L2 5...Nm 5 L3 84 84 3 3 10.5 10.5 189 252 252 27 48 MIN 48 MIN 150 150 23 23 4 4 88 MAX 63 88 MAX
M5
98
114 331
331
460
168.5
(IV)3 460
M5
334 (III)
150 168.5 =
63
9 III
138
138
L1
L2
L3
252 Y 63 51
Y460 (IV) Y
1=
150
189
252
IV
8 7
7
N
Y .. MAX Y
460
334 (III)
3=
460 (IV)
6
L1
MESSA A TERRA L2
.. MAX .. MAX
460 (IV)
L3
460
460
334 (III)
334 (III)
IV
L1
252
L2
252
L3
888 (IV)
= 70 =
13
10 = 80 = = 80 =
13 = 80 = 51 15 = 70 =
13
= 80 =
252
252
252 63
2 4
114
252
252
252 63
N
X X
L1
252 252 Y
L2
252 63
L3
98
L1
252 252 Y
L2
252
L3
5 6 8 9
MESSA A TERRA
1 3
1 3
252
L1 1 2
L2
252 Y 35 252 63 15 33
L3
10
L2 L3
.. MAX
45
L1
1014
L1
13 1014 = 80 = 51
L2
L3
= 444
1 2
35 15 33 20 270 20 51
3 4
51 35 40 15 10 X 13 X 114 = 80 = 98 Y 63 331 X 50 10
276
15
2 4
114
138 Y
10 X 331 X 325
45 X = 70 = X
33 X
45 10 = 80 = 98 X
114
13
X = 80 = 168.5
134
M5 252 88 252
98 6 Y
51 15 12
3 6
10.5
2 4
114
11
= 150 =
24
2
84 150N
252 12 6
7
48 MIN 88 MAX
1
23 252
L1
5
252
3
L2
7
10.5
5 6 8
6
252 63
Y MESSA A TERRA
L3
1 3
9 10
586 .. MAX 460
5000A
586
98 460
1 2
7
35
1 2 5 6
MESSA 1 2 A TERRA
20 35 33 15 13 45 35 15
3 Y4 3 4 1 3
20
N
252
L1
252 50 15 10
3 Y4
35
L2
252 63 15
L3
50 270 50 10 51 51 40
35
11 9
20
35 15 33 45
15 33 .. MAX = 80 = 13 51 = 70 = 15
10 10 20
11
10 X X 331 X
10
13 = 80 = 51 OK 10.5 15
45
33 13
33 45 = 70 =
45
13
L1
10 1014 13 = 80 = 252
33 X
45
L3
= 80 =
X M5
= 80 =
NO
270
51
51 15
2 4
325 114
2 4
114
51 252
2
252
= 80 = = 70 = 252 63
252
Y = 80 = 276 138 Y Y
63
= 80 =
134
114
10
40 Y
88
98
X X X
X M5
1 2
X
20
2 4
X 35 252 X
2
10
252
252
252 63
OK 10.5 24
NO
12
N L1
114
L1
252
L2
252
7
252 63 252 63 15
L3
84 150 X 50 168.5 10 23
1 5
3 6
N
134 98 114 88 98
4
252
331 X
L2
N
20 252 63
L3
L1
3 Y4
Y Y
48 MIN 88 MAX
L2
35
L3
252
252
98
6300A
7 8 9 10
5 6
7 7 7
5 6 5 1 6
L1
15 98 33
24
8
84
MESSA A TERRA
13
45
3 3 1 6 252 1 3 2
12
N
252
L1
252
Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
L2
252 63 252 63 252 63
33
45
L3
L2
Y
88 MAX
3 4
35 .. MAX 15 33 X
9 10 9 10
45
183
150 50 10
N 10.5 = 70 = 252
63
L3
252 252
L1
13 252 252
= 80 =
L2
L3
10 = 80 =
11
= 150 =
20
N
270 10 40 270= 80 = 51 X 51 20
2 4 .. MAX
51
N
Y
L1 L3 586
1014 Y Y Y 276 1014 252 Y 276
L2
L3
460 444
L1
101440
L2
N N
444
L1 L1
L2 L2
138 63 138
L3 L3
114 51 98 10 X
= 70 =
270
13 51
= 80 =
51
252
276 40 Y
252 444
138
252
252
Y 20
252 63 325
11 Y
Y
10 X
325
N
252 24
8 L1
134
X 325
M5 252 Y
L2
88 63 24 252
114
88 8
20 134
5 6X
X
114 10 98 114
331 X
N
252
L1
X 252 Y
L2
252 63
L3
X 168.5 X 168.5
M5 331 X
MESSA A TERRA
X 88 134 X
L3
1 3 331 3 6 3 6
98 84
M5 88 12 6
7 7
48 24 MIN 88 MAX
10
.. MAX
98
12
168.5
NO L1
Y Y
11
L2 L3
7
N
48 MIN 88 MAX 252
84
1
Y 23 252 Y
3150
84
23 10.5 51 23
5 1 5
11
1014 Y = 276 150
L1
150
L2
5
63
L3
Key 1 2 3 4
150 270
11 =
150 = = 150 =
51
40 586
Horizontal terminals 5000A Vertical terminals 5000A Horizontal terminals 6300A Y Vertical terminals 6300A325
L1 L2
1014
20
L3
134
5 6 7 8
Tightening torque ...Nm Tightening10torque ...Nm 586 position - Ref. page 7/2 460 Door Y Earthing device- 331 Ref. X page 7/3 X X
114 98
= Y Y
586
460 X 168.5
M5 88
11 11
1 5 3 6
10.5 12 6 Y 11 Y
444
7
48 MIN
84
11
252
63 Y
252
252
63 Y
25
III
L1 189
L2 252
L3 63 252
III
L1 189
L2 252
63
IV
L1
Y
252
L2
252
L3
IV
L1
Y
252
252
252
63 Y Y
63
Front IV terminals F FS
N .. MAX
L1
L2
L3
5 6
MESSA A TERRA
IV FS
L1
1014 (IV FS) 888 (IV) 444 (IV/IV FS) 15 318 (III) Y 40
888 (IV
7 4
270 26 20
15
1
40
3
445.5 331 X 168.5 X 325 X X
3
445.5
1
24
5
M5
3 2
20
331
2 2
2
33.5 15 12 6 Y 276 762 (III) 460 (III/IV) Y 334 (III) 138 84
240 13
33.5
15 12
13
48 MIN 88 MAX
150
23
15
8
35
= 150 =
10.5
80
1
586 (IV FS)
7
252 63
2
171.5 13 15 171.5 13 15
25 Y
240 13
240 15 13
15
2
80
III
2
L1 189
L2 252
35
80
35
80
35
80
35
1 1
63
2 2
252
240 13 15
IV
171.5 13 N
L1
15
Y
252
252
63 171.5 13 L2 252 Y 15 YMESSA A TERRA L3 L1 63 189 252 35 252 252 63 Y Y 35252 80 35 80
63 Y
2 2
240 13 15
III
80 15
L1 189
III
L2
L3 63 252
IV FS
L1
35 171.5 15 13
6
IV
80 252 N L1
Y Y N
252
252 80 Y
..
L2 L1
252
MAX
L2 L3
252
252
63 Y Y
252
888 (IV
252
35 80 35
IV
L3
252
4
N
252 63
Y Y
III
63
270
5 6 7 4
MESSA A TERRA
MESSA A TERRA
IV FS III
L1 MAX 189
IV FS
63 Y L1 Y
252
26 20
L1 189
15
L2 252
L3 63 252
1Y
Y
L2
L1
L3
40
L2
Y Y
252
252
6
63 Y
L2 252
3
1014 (IV FS)
IV
L3 N L1
L2
252
L3
.. MAX 252
..
325
Y
63
III
7
L1 270 189
5
Y
252
888 (IV)
445.5
444 (IV/IV FS) 318 (III) N
252
331
X
Y Y
63
26 L2 20
63 3-pole Y Y X 252 X
252
270
L3 252
26 20
IV
40
15
MESSA A TERRAY
L1 15
M5
L2
L3
IV FS
2Y
L1
L2
L3
6 7 4
252
40
252
24 4-pole 63
Y
5 6 FS 7 4
IV
3
L2
..
MAX
MESSAN A TERRA
X
L1 325 M5 ..
325
IV FS
252
252
L3 445.5 X
3
331 N X 445.5
84 150
20 23
15 168.5 40 X
33.5
12
13
3 63
Y Y
5
M5 L2 84 150 40 FS) 444 (IV/IV 318 (III) 15 L3
3 2
33.5 20 15
L1 331 270
48 MIN Y 88 MAX
26 20 1014 (IV FS) X L2
L3
8
168.5
X Y
318 (III)
460 (III/IV) Y
MAX
1 3
444 (IV/IV FS) 318 (III)Y 276 6 138 445.5 Y
= 150
138
N 24
L1 84 26
Key
270 48 MIN 88 MAX
=
X
15 X
20 terminals 1 Upper front 150 1 48 23 MIN888 (IV) 2 Lower front terminals 88 MAX 3 Tightening torque ...Nm 3 Y X
325
23
Y 331 4 Door position -XRef. page 7/2 762 (III) 762 3 5 5 Earthing device-OK Ref. page 7/3 NO 10.5 460 334 (III) 8M 5 (III/IV) 460 (III/IV) Y 2 = 84 150 150 = 20 23 Y 586 (IV FS) Y 138 10.5
Y
168.5
25
445.5
= 331 X 150 =
24
33.5
5
M5
3 2 NO
OK 10.5
15 X
10.5 12
Y 276
138
48 MIN 88 MAX
168.5
OK 10.5
24 X
NO
33.5 15 X 6
A B C Y
A B C Y
343
x 159.5
363.5 X X
425
185.5
E6.2/f 1055
7
Compartment door drilling E1.2
244 226 Y 244 226 Y 179 X 37 179 X 153 224 224 112 112 100 100 100 100 4 n6 4 fori n6 Y fori Y Y Y 4 n8 4 fori n8 fori 158 158 100100 153 100 37 100
348
X 100 100
348
E1.2
305 305 CC
47 47
E1.2 B C
3 3
1
= 44 =
25 11
C 12.5
2 3
11 12.5
25
15
A 3p 280 400
= 44 =
[mm]
33
12.5
E1.2
39
25
12.5 73 15
= 44 =
500 -
900
7
B A
200
70
70 Y
E6.2/f 70
L1
70 70
L2
Y 70
L3
15
7
Floor fixing
L1
L2
348 (IV)
L3
271 251 2
Y D (IV) D (III) Y
271 251
15 15
278 (III)
E (III) 10
7
A (III) X
29
E (IV)
1
2
A [mm] E1.2 E2.2 E4.2 E6.2 3p 80 75 100 363 4p 150 170 225 375 375
B
Y 3p
155.5
F 63 0
50
80 75 100 237 -
B (III) X
236.5
75 C = =
X 363.5 343
F (III) 10 A (IV)
X 198
150239.5 756
E6.2/f X
B (IV)
49 15 42
100
5
100
4 6
193.5
203
...MAX
29
8
100
9
Y
15
50 115 III - 206 IV - 276 X 109.5 230 80 (III) 150 (IV) 460
4 2
80
3
11 12.5
25
15
33
39
1
= 44 = = 44 =
25 11 12.5
2 3
11 12.5 12.5
25
15
= 44 =
25
33
39
12.5
= 44 =
= 44 = 70 Y 70
73
7
15
70
L1
70 70
L2
Y 70
L3
15
200
L1
70 70
L2
Y 70
L3
15
7
2 3
15
1
348 (IV)
L1
L2
348 (IV)
L3
15 15
278 (III)
10
1
X 363.5 343 X
= 44 =
2 29 3
10
2
1
25
8
15
155.5
11 12.5
X
12.5 25
239.5
33 39
159.5
1
Y
73
236.5
12.5
198
236.5
= 44 = 70 70 Y 70
363.5
= 44 =
343
4 6
Y
7
57.5
200 15
60.5
57.5
159.5
9
1
8
100
15 Terminals HR 1 42
11
49
100
25 12.5
3 4
12.5
2 3
5
49 42
N 100L1
9
= 44 =
271
15 70 11 203
12.5
25 70
L2
Y 70
L3
2
15
4 6
15
115
7
80 (III) 230 150 (IV) 460
Y 80
73 271
10
251 2
7
12.5 271 251
25
29
L1 Y L2
193.5 Y
33
39
L3
8
100
= 44 =
II - 206 V - 276 X
15 15
15
202
1
7 30
25
9
Y 80
70
10
251 2
236.5
10
X
200 2
1 15
X
29
8 4
12.5
6.5Y
Y 155.5
2 3
115
8
230
2
80 11 (III) 12.5150 (IV) 460
25
15
= 44 =
2
2
12.5
L1
25
33
L3
39
1
236.5 X X 198
57.5 73
236.5 5 X
1
L2
348 (IV) Y
3
L3 X
239.5 15
49 15 42
100
363.5
343
200
271 15 15 12.5
6
159.5
3 7
= 44 =
= 44 =
25 11
70 70 Y 70 12.5
2 3
L1
2
25
= 44 =
278 (III)
12.5
Y
12.
57.5 271
60.5
57.5
251
10
42
49 15
100
251 2
1 7
3 4
29
5
42
10
11 49 15
25 2 100
2 3 4
25
L1
70 70
L2
Y 70
L3
12.5
15
8
11 12.5
25
155.5 15
7 8
73
Y Y
Terminals VR
236.5 202 200 30 57.5
6 8
X
33
39 239.5
N
200
L1
L2
348 (IV)
L3
15
10
7
73
29 X 15 198 X
271= = 44 251
X 1
15
= 44 = X
10
60.5
10 7
2 159.5
80 (III)
15 70
Y
70 Y
9 70 8
15
50
29
115 III - 206 IV - 276 X 230
57.5 236.5 X X
4 2
6.5
5
42 57.5
49 15
100
3 4
213 199
N
70
L1
80
L2
Y 70
L3
2
3
159.5
3
239.5
70
236.5
53 271 251 2
42
198
236.5
271
15 363.5
271
X
15 15
X
343
251
10
42
49 15
100
7
271
57.5 29
6
49 202
193.5 60.5 15
10
57.5
N 251 L1
L3
10
2
8
100
2 25 12.5
49 100
15
10
236.5 X
251 2
5
42
10
100 15
30 2
1
271
3
50
2 39
4
X 198
29
25
15
7
X
29
4
115
5
42
11
Y Y
155.5
8
236.5
239.5
11 12.5 X
Y Y
= 44 =
6.5
10 2
Key
57.5 236.5 X X 198
251 99.5 2 X
7
73
236.5 230 X
460
15 80 (III)
12.5
203
25
80
6 8
60.5
33
39 X
363.5 = 44 =
150 (IV)
343
12.5
Y III - 342 X IV - 456 20 30
193.5
= 44 =
100
103
15
57.5
57.5
7
Y
70
70 Y
9
70
15
2 4 6
15
236.5 60.5 X
57.5
5
42
49 15
100
3
57.5
5
42
Y 5 Door position - Ref. page 7/18200 159.5 III - 219 5 IV - 289 7 for rear terminals 6 Rear segregation 4 213 X 42 10 Isolating distance 99.5 2 199 X 49 15 100
49 15
100
3
230
6.5
4
460
80 (III)
5
49
80
150 (IV)
53
10
6
42
100
15
L1
70
L2
Y 70
L3
70
203
7Y
Y
29
193.5
10
251 2
5
7
29
49 15 42
100
203
N
15 202
L1
L2
L3
193.5 Y
6 8
271
15
11 12.5
1
33 39 = 44 =
11
12.5 271
15 15 33 39
278 (III)
25
10
251 2
12.5
7
12.5
25
8
= 44 =
155.5
= 44 =
= 44 = 70 Y 70 73
70
7
15 236.5 X200 X 198 236.5 X
70
70 Y
70
2
X 363.5 343 X X
239.5
L1
70 70
L2
Y 70
L3
15
L1
70 70
L2
Y 70
L3
15
159.5
57.5
60.5
57.5
7 5
49 42
3 4 6 8 8
100 Y Y
5
42
49 15
100
3 4
N 100 L1
15 203
L2
348 (IV)
L3
28
10
8 7
239.5 29
10
15 15
10
2 2
29
8
202 30
2
III - 342 IV - 456 20
9
Y
15
50 115 III - 206 IV - 276 X 109.5 239.5 230 80 (III) 150 (IV) 460
363.5
343
236.5
1
X X X 198
236.5
X X
X X
80
236.5
2363.5
53
2 99.5
XX
10
1 1
159.5 57.5 95
57.5
2
57.5
2 2 5
42 42
67.5 17.5
49 100 15 49 100 15 203 25 11 25
17.5
3 159.5 3
10
70
60.5
95 7.5
70
2
110
7.5
4 6
5
Y
42 Y Y
49 10 100 15
3 4
271 25 12.5
37.5 37.5
4 6
12.5
2 3 110
10
25 11 Y
1
15
193.5 Y
8
100
2 6
70 = 44 = 95
50 115 III - 206 IV - 276 X 109.5
1 L1 10 1
L2
L3
2
251 11 11
25
2 3 = 44 = 2 3
12.5
17.5
11
193.5 14.5 Y
25
8
12.5 33 39 33 115
15 25 15 100
12.5 Y
L1
= 44 =
L2
9
= 44 =
33 L3 39
70
Y
2 7230
460 80 (III)
= 44 =
7.5
3 202 73
30
= 44 =
10
80 X
70
95
70
70 Y 70
15
39
2 7
73
10
7Y
80
7.5 70
6.5
150 (IV)
73 236.5 73
Y
X
4
99.5
7
III - 206 IV - 276
70 230 Y Y Y Y 70 460
Y
Y
2 2
L1
L2
L3
200
103
109.5
140
2
X53
L1 Y
70 L2 70
L2
L3
70 15
199
103 49
200
Y - 219 - 289
67.5 7 17.5
7 7
Y
N N
L1
70 70
280
57.5
15
L1
L3
Y
L2 L2 Y
70 70
L3 L3
15 15
17.5
L1
70 10 70
3 3 15 8 8 8
239.5 X 239.5 X X 363.5
N
95 7.5 70
L1
L2
348 (IV)
L3
L1
L2
Y Y 271 251
L3
15
37.5 271
2 7
271
10 10 1
2 2 236.5 X 363.5
10251 2
251
37.5
15
251
29
10
1 L1
2
348 Y(IV)
2
15
10 10
343
8
14.5 8
17.5
L2 110
L3
8
2
155.5
271 251
7 7
29 29
10
1
236.5
15 17.5
155.5
L1
L2
10
239.5
L3
3
x
236.5
81.5 x
70
95
343
70
X
2
10
x
236.5 236.5 57.5 57.5
2 7
343
7.5 x
159.5
236.5
X 363.5
X X
159.5
X X
X 57.5
99.5
199
5 5
42 42
49 15 49 15
42
4 3
Y
55
42
49
271
251
100 15
280
103
49
100 15
3 4
159.5 X
140
57.5
57.5
159.5
X 159.5
42
49 15
3 100
203 Y Y Y Y III - 342 IV - 456 Y 20 6.5 Y
L1
L2
L3
57.5
4
29 29
510
17.5
49 15 49 15
42
4 6 4 29
7
193.5
67.5
7
10 Y 271 193.5
Y
8
100
17.5
100 348 (IV)
17.5
Y
5 5
49 42
100 15 10
42 67.5
10 10
100
2 7
7
17.5
203
9
Y
271 251 2
15
8 8
100 100 2 4 17.5 213
202
Y 15 37.5 80 15 37.5
X X
10
202 236.5 202 X 30 30 99.5
251
193.5 50 50 X
80 (III)
236.5 236.5 57.5 57.5 X X
150 (IV)
4 2 4
III - 219 IV - 289 Y
95 30
70
50
37.5
10
80
9
115
7
110
2 7
7.5
99.5
110 115
III - 206 115 IV - 276 X III - 206 IV - 276 X
213 213 53 53
230
72
10
80 109.5 80
Y 80
80 (III)
150 (IV)
14.5 236.5
363.5
17.5
14.5
X 99.5 42 X 49 15 109.5 103 Y III - 219 103 IV - 289 Y III - 219 49 IV - 289 100 109.5 100
230 460
81.5
L1
L2
L3
460
5 5
Key 49
100 15
70
95 7.5
70
57.5
2 7
49 15 100
57.5
109.5
10
6 5
103 140 42
199
99.5
199
280
L1
L2
L3
7 Y
100
280
15
99.5
109.5
IV - 276
140
4 Tightening torque 12 Nm 3 Y 7 5 Door position - Ref. page 7/18 6 Rear segregation for front terminals
5 terminals 7 RearYsegregation for rear 42 103 8 Insulating protection III - 206 10 Isolating distance
= 88 = 45
13
= 88 = 45 22.5
15
1
13
= 88 = 45 22.5 15
20
20
116.5
116.5
3 5
114
114 22 Y
1
Y
114 22
251 15 15
3 5
114
114 22 Y
114
114
114 22 Y
8
324.5 324.5
1
324.5 324.5
343
363.5
236.5
X 159.5
343
363.5
343
363.5
343 159.5
363.5
1
1
159.5 57.5
1 1
Y 155.5 278
159.5
1
= 88 = 45 22.5 20 Y 155.5 348 116.5 Y 15
100
6
Y 155.5 278
4
Y 42 155.5 348 Y
1
49 15 188 100
1
13
88
1 Y
342 456
7
15
193.5
7
= 88 = 45
= 88 =
193.5 Y
15
7
15
5
13
13 13
= 88 45
= 88 = = 45 45
15
15
15
100
13
1
202 Y 80
= 88 =
22.5
1 45
= 88 =
15
22.5 20
1
15
22.5
45
= 88 = 100 132 13
13
45
= 88 = 45
13
22.5 22.5
9
20
15
0
116.5
20
Y 80 (III) 80 114 22 Y
20
116.5 116.5
30 6.5
6.5
116.5
1 2
132 271
116.5
251 15 15
116.5
15
3 5
5
116.5
116.5
99.5 199 X
114 114 22 Y
460
109.5
22
1 4-pole version 2
15 15
15
3 22
Y
114
114
114 22 Y
114
5 109.5
271 251 103
1 2 8
132 15
251 15 15
815
3 5
114 114 22 236.5 Y
324.5
114
114 22 Y
114
114
114 22
5
114 22
114
2
114
5
324.5
1 2 8
3 5
X
5
X
114 22
5
X 159.5
159.5
324.5
324.5
324.5
343
363.5
X 159.5
X X 159.5
343
363.5
X 159.5
343
363.5
1
324.5
57.5
X 159.5
343
363.5
343
363.5
324.5 57.5
324.5
343
Y 155.5 278
363.5
4
42
49 15
100 Y
6
155.5 348 Y
X 159.5
343
Y
363.5
236.5
4
155.5
4
X
42 49 15 188 100
6
42
49 X 15
100 343
Y 155.5 278
363.5
6
X X YY 155.5 155.5
348 278 Y
343 159.5
363.5
9.5
188
188 159.5
7 5
9
57.5
7
= 88 =
Y
193.5
7
9 15
202
Y 80 115
1 1
100
4 13
80 (III) 150 (IV) 42
1
80
1 145
49 15
15 22.5 202 20
30 6.5
5
50
1
1
III - 342 IV - 456 155.5 30
460
193.5 Y 13 50 115
= 88 =
100
45
100
22.5
80 (III)
1
20 Y 150 (IV)
Y 80
Y 150 (IV)
202
115 Y 230
188
460
20
7
15 15
99.5 199 X
III - 206
278
6.5
193.5
1 1
100
9
20 20
1 1
13
= 88 = 45
Y
15 15 15
1 6
50
5
13 Y
= 88 = 103 45
99.5 199
22.5
X
20
15
1
109.5
= 88 100
= 22.5 20
45 460
15
Y 80
13 13
202
80 (III)
150 (IV)
116.5 116.5
1 2
132
Y 80
116.5 116.5
6.5
115
114 230
114 22 Y 460
114 114 114 22 Y
5 6
80 (III)
116.5
103
114
114
116.5
5
114 22 Y
Key 2 2
1 1
251 251 15 15 15 15
3 3
114 114
114 114 22 22
5 5 251
8 271
15 15
X
114 114 114 22 22 Y Y
114 114
5 109.5 5
324.5 103
271
15
1 2324.5
251 15 15
3 5
114
114 22 Y
236.5
324.5 324.5
4 Door position - Ref. page 7/18 6protection (refer 5 Insulating to front terminals Y X III - 219 X X page 7/21
324.5
IV - 289
324.5
X 159.5
X 159.5
343
363.5
236.5 236.5
236.5
XX X
363.5
X 159.5
343
363.5 236.5
X 159.5
343
363.5
159.5 159.5
57.5
4
4 4
49 49 100 100
49
100
6 6
49
100
49
100
39 25 11 28.75
83
25 = 44 = 90 90 Y
1 1 2
L1
90 90 10
L2
90 Y
L3
2
= 60 = 42.5 15 12.5 60 19.5 25
L1
L2
348 (IV) 278 (III) Y
L3
1
25
2
9.5
2
2.5
15
36 155.5 25 20 25
= 60 = 42.5
83
39 25 11
15
83 28.75
1
25
25
60 25
12.5
9.5
= 44 =
19.5
15
243
343
363.5
90
36 83
90 Y
5
11
39 25
2.5
1
28.75
83
159.5
1
20
25
2
25
140
25
L1
Y 280
L2
90 10 Y
= Y44 =
90
L3
Y
90
90
6
Y
90
5 2
9.5 60 19.5 25
2
L1 L2 15
90 10 90 Y Y
2
L3
Y 90
100
90 83
Y
L1
2.5 60
L2
348 (IV)
L3
2
83
7
20
12.5
3 1 15 2
90
39 25 11
2
9.5
19.5 25 25 = 44 = 39 90 Y
L1
L2
L3
15
7
83 363.5
271 251
25 25
15
348 (IV)
5
236.5 x
Y 20
36 25
83
3 1 2
15
2.5 90
278 (III) Y
155.5
x 25 121.5
x
243
5343
25 x 11 159.5
28.75
25 = 44 = Y
x x 363.5
57.5 X
IV - 352
5 III - 282
141
236.5
140 280 15
x 121.5
243
343
Y X 100
57.5
L1
90 5 60 19.5 25
L2
159.5 90 10
90
L3
90 Y Y 15
90
1
Y
1
25 42 X
= 60 =
42.5 49 15
Y 271
12.5 141
100
5
5
52
9.5
2 6
6
83
140 49
15 42
280 83
39 25
N
100 25
L1
2.5 Y 90
L1
90 L3 10
L2
Y 90
1
25
= 60 = 42.5 12.5
L3
Y
L2
2
9
9
36 25 20 25
25 4-pole 2version
20
251
5 7
236.5
Y Y 271 251 2
3 1 2
15 90
11
= 44 =
155.5 Y Y
5 3 1 2
15 159.5 343
90 L1
80 (III)
L2
80
L3
80
278 (III) Y x Y
155.5 x
141
243
363.5
L1
90
L2
90 10 Y 90
L3
141
X 57.5 236.5
5
x 100 49 15 57.5 42 Y 271 251 90 x 243 121.5
1
343 x
2
X
x 363.5
2
X
140 280
159.5
L1
L2
348 Y(IV)
L3
6
Y
7 4
2
100 49 15
3 1 2
5
25
= 60 = 42.5
155.5
15
Y
42
15
12.5
Y 80 100
2 7
9.5
19.5
90
15
36
236.5 x x 121.5 243 343
83
x
39
363.5
3 1
28.75
Key 1 Splayed rear terminals for 3-pole version 57.5 version 2 Splayed rear terminals for 4-pole 3 Tightening torque 18 Nm
100
25
9
11
25
8 15
4 Door position - Ref. page 7/18 25 5 Rear segregation of rear terminals 7 Isolating distance
20
Y 80
25 = 44 = x 90 90 Y
236.5
4
42
49 15
5
141 III - 282 IV - 352
100 Y
121.
L1
90
L2
90
L3
90
90 Y
90
14
N L1 90 90
15
1514
14
90
90 Y
90 Y
90
14
14
N N L1 90 90
1
Y L2 L1 90 Y Y Y L3 L2 90 L3
Y L2 90 Y
L3 47 47
2 4
2 4
4 14
4 14
N
N L1
Y L2 L1
Y L3 L2
L3 13 165.5 90
35 15 33
10
1 3 14
5 2 6
5 6
1 31 3 14 14
N
165.5 90 90 90 Y Y
45
3
N L1
Y L2 L1
Y L3 L2
1 2
L3
= 60 =
= 50 =
3 4 2 14
90 90 Y
47
14 7
35 13 15 33 351 = 60 = X 351 X
14 7
10
47
47
15
14
158.5
90
13 12
10
13
47 10 47 10 10 13
13
35 12 15
Y 30 10 47
L1 90 90
Y L2
12
10
114
X 185.5
425
33
2 4
430 114
4 14
N
90 Y
45 X
425 X
123 Y
1 2
360 (IV) 270 (III) 135 Y 50
= 50 =
8
118 34 90 34 90 Y 118
L1
Y L2
5.45 5.45
3 4
90
123
= 60 = 123 Y Y
123
2 14 11
10 10
3 6
15
1 1
47
75
150
14 2
N
3 6
3 6
13 34
11
50
351 366
25
L1
5
Y L2 L3
3 3
4 4
5 11 6
1 3 14
N
90
90 Y
90
50 L1 Y L2
75 (III)
75 (III)
2000A
75 = 150 =
10 X
2 2 4
430
3 90
Y 9 10
75 (III) 75 (III) 10
14
9 10
14 7
75 (III) 75 (III)
75 = 150 =
75 = 150 = 47
114 N 10
10
Y L2 L3 13 165.5 13 170 (IV) 170 (IV) 35 Y 15
170 (IV) Y
L1
80 (IV) 80 (IV) Y 10 30 10 30 47
13 12
10
1 2 1 2 15 2 14 15 15
= 60 =
45
5 6
45 45
1 1 3 14
= 50 = = 50 =
10 13 35 90 90 90 15 Y
35 30 10 15 33 351 X 33 45 45
3
X
10
4
124 X X 114 X
2
N = 60 90 = 90 L1
33
1 2 14 14 7 14
383
3Y 4
L2
45
= 60 = = 60 = = 60 =
8
= 60 = 5.45 = 60 =
4
34
118
123 Y
L3
2 14
47 35 47
3 14 47 4 2
90 90
3 4
1 5
MESSA A TERRA 30 ...MAX 33
3 6
30 10
75 (III)
35
Y
90
14 13 12 4 10 14 4 14
L3
10
35 15
13
10
15 33
L3 35 13 90 425 15 33
13
13
47
2500A
X
351 X X
47
2 4
114
4X 8
430 5.45
1 2
X = 60 =
14 1 2
34
Y 10 L2 90 X
Y N 90 L1 90 L2 90 L3
8
10
45
90 90
Y Y
459
10
= 60 Y =
90 114
X N N L1
X L3 L3 165.5 185.5
= 50 Y =
L2
45
10
= 60 =
= 60 =
= 60 =
123 = 50 = Y L2 L3
13 10 10 13 34 74.5 34 13 13 34
15
14
1 10 3
3 4
= 60 =
3 4
90 90 Y
170 (IV) Y
123
5 6
= 60 =
30
15 56 5 6
90
331 (III) / 421 (IV) 90 90 90 360 (IV) 165.5 Y 270 Y(III) 90 90 Y Y Y L2 90 135
14
11
N L1 90
50
1
L3 90
14
14 4 14
L3
Y L2
47
14 383 7 14
X
90
90
3 4 14 7
Y
383
29 = N 4 10
L1
Y 47 L2
2 4 10
430
L1
75 (III) Y 90(IV) N 90 L1 L2 90 L3 407 317 (III) 407 (IV) 317 Y (III) N L1 Y Y L2 Y 158.5 L3
L3 75 (III)
75 =
90 Y
14 Y
90
4
N 90 351 X L1
47
X 47 10 47 10
430
114
158.5 80 (IV)
150 =
13
Y L2 L3 90 Y 13 351 34 351 X X 124 X X 47 10 74.5
12 13
L1
Y L2
L3 13
35 15 33
10
123
123
13 34
12 8 8
10 X X 114
12 1 3 14 6 X
X N 185.5
90
74.5
5 6
90
90
1 3
90 Y 14
165.5 90
425
45
90 Y
90
8
N L1 Y L2 L3 5.45 10 34 75 10 75 118
X 34 34
425
X 185.5 185.5
425
1 2
Y L2 L3
= 60 =
= 50 =
3 4 2 14
L1 90 90 Y 90 90 Y 90
383
L1
Y L2 Y
L3
L1
Key
10
14
4
N
7 366 1 Horizontal terminals 2000A 1 150 165.5 351 150 2 75 Vertical terminals 2000A 366 90 90 351 90 8 5 3 Horizontal terminals 2500A Y 366 4 Vertical terminals 2500A 8 MESSA A TERRA 8
L1 Y L2 L3 ...MAX 351 X
14
3 6
MESSA A TERRA 47 ...MAX MESSA A TERRA 10 ...MAX X
1 5 1
5 6 7 8
3
47 Y
7 5
9
124 X 10
6 3 360 (IV) Tightening torque ...Nm11 6 13 270 (III) Tightening torque ...Nm 13 Y Door 135 position - Ref. 7/19 75 (III) page 50 12 Y Earthing device 12
10 47 10 75 (III)
360 (IV) Y 407 (IV) 270 (III) 317 (III) 47 360 (IV)135 158.5 270 Y(III) Y 135 75 (III) 75 (III)
15 11 14
407 (IV)
50 50 75 = 75 150
317 (III) 11 Y
12 158.5
Mobile part N 13 Fixed part 14 Segregation (where envisaged) 47 4 2 15 Distance from connected for testing to isolated
Y L2 90
75 (III) 10 9
10
X 114
75 =
10
14
10
X
123 Y
124 X
X 80 (IV) Y 114 Y
425 =
X 150
=
X 150
=
X 185.5
425
13
185.5 80 (IV)
5.45
118 34
123
Y
13
13
13
13
35 60
35
60
35 60
35
60
11 1
90 90 Y 90 90 90 Y 90
1 2 2
L3
L1
Y L2
L3
L1
Y L2
Front terminals F
34 407 (IV) 317 (III) 158.5 20 15 13 34 224.5
264 15 13
35 60
1 3
1 3
11
10 9
10 9
90
90 Y
90
521
425 X X 351 X X
521
425 X X X X
L1
Y L2
L3
3
185.5
3 1
50 15 Y 360 (IV) 150
5 1
5.45 185.5
2
20
2
13 34 15 20 155 215 225
2
50
224.5
141 20 135
158.5
8 1
50 75 (III) 75 = 150 =
8 1
203
4
264 13 Y
15
1
75 (III) 10
15 75 (III) 35 60 10 75 (III)
13
10
75
50
15
7
60
5 2
35
6 7
170 (IV) Y 80 (IV) 264
6 7
351
X 170 (IV)
1
Y 15
1
425 X
X 80 (IV)
11
15 13
521 150 X =
2
2
185.5
50 15 Y 360 (IV)
60 20 155
264 13
11
5
5.45 90 13 34 224.5 N L1 141 90 Y 90 34 407 (IV)
35 60
75 (III) 10 75 (III)
317 (III) L3 20
2 5
5.45
Y L2
11158.5
6 7
170 (IV) Y 90 80 (IV)
4
34 407 (IV)
1 3
158.5
15
2
13 34 15 224.5
90 Y
90
10 9
521 X
X
425 X
L1
Y L2
L3
5
5.45 34 407 (IV)
4
35 60
1 3
3
185.5
35
60
10 9
150 215 X 225 155 20
2
15 425 X
13 34
Y 360 (IV) 270 (III) 135 185.5 Y 50
224.5
50
351 90 90 Y 90
521
1 3
L1
Y L2
10 9
Key 1 2 3 4
L3
2
15
407 (IV)
Upper front150 terminals 215 terminals 20 Lower front 225 torque ...Nm 155 Tightening Door position - Ref. page 7/19
50
75 (III)
75 (III)
75 = 150 =
Y 5 Earthing device 10 ...MAX (IV) 9 360 Mobile part 6 351 X 8 (III) part 10 270 Fixed 7 135 from connected for testing to isolated 11 Distance Y 170 (IV) Y 50
521
80 (IV)
75 (III)
75 = 150 =
4
35 15 55 67 10
30
= 60 = 35 15 55 67
30 10
4
35 15 55 67 10
30
= 60 =
2 4
L1
1 3
L3
14 2 4 3
383
14 1 3
130
90 Y Y L2
130
13 12
14
1 14
69 10
L1
L3
13 14 1 2
124 34 X 35 15 69 10
14
3 4
14
425 = 60 = 185.5 35 15
2
351 X 10
3 4
114
12
23 Y
8
5.45
X 10
X 185.5
425
118
123 Y
55
67
141 202
55
67
1 11 60
100 = 60 = 35 75 (III) 15 55
5
= 60 =
202
6
= 45 = 30 75 50 75 (III) = 150 = = 170 (IV) 10
15
351 = 45 = 30 10 430
11
3
75 (III) 10
4
35 10 MESSA 15 A TERRA
= 150 =
2000A
67
75 (III)
7
170 (IV)
= 60 = 35
3
60 15 55
1
13 67 34
10 = 60 215 = 224.5
4 3 2 14 2 4
= 45 = 30 130 = 35 60 =
55 ...MAX 67
9 10 10 = 60
Y 80 (IV)
80 (IV)
100
15 331
55 165.5 67 130
1
1 3
1
60 100
Y Y L2 165.5
10
3 1
35
= 60 = = 60 = 35 35 35 15
4
15 15 15 55
2
10 10 10
= 60 = L1
4
10
L3
= 45 =
14
30
2 42
55 55 67 55 67 67 67
15 Y 15 Y L2
1 3
2 1
= 60 = 35 15 55 67 10
N 10
L1 4
1
30 10 10
= 60 = 35
3 3 60 60
15 55 67 30 10
45 = = 45 =
30
383
100 100 = 60 = = 60 =
3 4
35
14
35 35 69
= = = 60 45 = = 45 = = 45 =
13 2
10
= 60 = 35 407 (IV) = 60 = 317 (III) 15 331 158.5 165.5 55 Y 67 130 130 35 Y 15 L1 = = 60 Y L2 421 = 35 60 = 90 130 165.5 130 Y15 331 Y 55 165.5 55 67 L3 X
= 60 = = 45 = 30
14
= 60 =
14
30
30 69 10 = 45 =
2500A
351 X
15
15 15 10 60 55 10055 67 55 67 67 124 X
1 2
10
3 4
114
4 12 4 2
10
1 3
60
10 60 = = 60 = 150 215
= 60 =
4 4
30 10
4 2 4
14
= 45 = 425 30
100
= 45 = 30
2 2
141
= 60 = = 60 = 10 10 = 60 =
123
10 = 60 = 185.5
11
= 60 = 35 15 55 67
331 130 Y
2 42 4 225 15
= 45 = 45 = 30 30 10 10 X 351 X 351 383
202
Y 60 Y L3 L2 165.5 L3
1 31 3 14 14 = 45 = 45 = 14
30 30
202
2 4 13
75 50
67 Y 130 L2 130 L3 N L1 360 (IV) Y 407 270 (IV) (III) = 60 = L1 317 Y (III) 135 L3 L2 Y 331 158.5 421 Y 165.5 165.5 130 130 90 Y 130
1 14 3 =11 60 = 14
14
= 60 =
60 100 = 60 =
4 4 2 42 4 8
215 5.45 13 13 141 224.5 383 150
421 165.5
1 2
69 10
3 4
12 2 4 2 4
= 150 =
75130 (III) 10 N
1
X
= 60 = Y
Y L2 Y L1 L2 421
75 (III)
3 1 3 1
10
425 14 14
4 2
35 15 55 67
55 55 67 67 Y 124 L2 L3 L3
9114 10
123
35
L1
13
14 14
= 60 = = 60 =
15 L3
L3
= 60 = = 60 = 14 69
34
14 14
Y
13170 2 4 (IV) 3 4
75 50
3 15 4 10 10
69 X 114 351 X 114
3 4
14
202
1 130 2
1 3 1 3
425 X 425 X
69 10
12 13 3
X
55 Y 165.5 185.5 67 407 (IV) 90 130 130 317 (III) 80 (IV) Y Y 158.5 Y 60 Y 360 (IV) N L1 L2 L3 100
407 = 60 (IV) = 270 (III) 135 158.5 Y X
1 3
= 45 = 30 10 = 60 =
14 11
425
12 185.5 1 69 123 75 (III) 3 5.45 123 MESSA A TERRA 8 2 1 3 5 Tightening 2 splayed 2 4 4 X horizontal = 1 Side terminals 2000A 1 3 4 torque ...Nm 10 10 ...MAX 150 2 Central horizontal splayed terminals 2000A 9 150 141 6 Tightening torque ...Nm = X 351 X X 6 X X 124 114 215 202 202 Side6horizontal splayed terminals 2500A 5 7 Door position - Ref. page 7/19 360 (IV) 360 Y (IV) Y 202 202 3 6 N N L1 L1 L2 L2 L3 L3 10 225 8 4 Central horizontal splayed terminals 8 Earthing device 270 (III) 270 (III)2500A 14 14 351 34 13 11 11 123 15 407 (IV) 407 (IV) 118 5.45 170 (IV) 215 135 135 14 34 224.5 13 13 Y Y (III) 317 (III) 317 75 75 75 7/26 | 1SDC200023D0201 | ABB Catalogue 158.5158.5 150 141 14 50 Y Y 50 50 6 215 202 202 5 75 (III) 12 12 75 (III) 75 (III) 75 (III) 75 (III) 225 MESSA A TERRA 69 69 8 AA MESSA TERRA A TERRA 3 3 430 351 X = 15 X = 10 10 10 4 4= ...MAX
421 421 185.5 34 165.5165.5 118 69 90 90130 130 130 130 430 10 X Y Y Y Y 10 10 150
7 Key 123
383 X
14 L1
Y L2
Y L3 L2 124 X L3
1414 14
317 (III) 35 Y
4
35 15
114
15
55185.5 75 (III) 67
Y 360 (IV)
7 12 Mobile part
425
383
14 1 = 60 2
124 = 331
14
55
67
60
X 185.5 80 (IV)
10
11
8
5.45
2 4
130 Y Y L2
165.5 X 130
34
118 L1
75 (III)
11
...MAX...MAX
150
141
L3
67
67
67
60 100 = 60 = 100
60 100
60 = 45 = = 45 = 100
60 100
60 = 60 = = 60 =
12
90
90 Y
90
12
12
90
90 90 Y
90 90 Y
90
L1
Y L2
L3
L1
YL1 L2
Y L2 L3
L3
331(III)/421(IV) 165.5
165.5 90
12
90
90 Y
12
12
90
90 90 Y
90 90 Y
2
L3
L1
YL1 L2
11 10 13 13 12 12 5 5
383 383
407 (IV)
11
158.5
11 10
317 (III)
12
12
69 69
158.5 Y
10
69
1 2
X X 425 X X X 430 X 430 351 X 351 X X
1 2
194X
1 2
X X X 425 425
194
185.5 34 83 Y
1
13 13 215 34 50 34 224.5 215 224.5
6
5.45
6
5.45 34
X 194
185.5
3 4
141 202
3 4 3 4
360 (IV)
270 (III)
9
50
9
50
1
= 60 = 75 (III) 35 15 75 = 150 55 = 67 10
2 2 6 6
= 60 = 35 MESSA A TERRA MESSA A TERRA 15 ...MAX ...MAX 55
351
135
2000A 75 (III)
10
75 (III)
75 (III) 75 = 150 =
75 = 150 =
67
7 8
= 60 = 30 10 170 (IV) 170 (IV) Y Y
Y 170 (IV)
60
1
= 45 = 10 15 55 67
60
8 2
100 = 60 = 80 (IV) 35
2 12
100 = 60 = 35 90 90 Y 90 15 55 67
80 (IV)
80 (IV)
60
N = 45 = 10
L1
= 60 = 35
100
2 12 12
= 60 = 100(IV) 331(III)/421 35 90 15 90 90
Y L2 60
L3 30 165.5 = 60 = 10
15 55 67
90 90 90 Y 55 67 Y Y L2 L1
= 60 = 35 15 10
60 100
N = 45 = 100
L1 N 60
Y L3 L2
L3 = 60 =
55
2500A
13 12 5
383
11 10 2
60 100
67
12 12
69
12
90
= 45 =
10 X
2 13 12
X
= 60 = 430 35 351 15 X
30 10
1 2 12
X
L1 N
L3
12
11 2
425
331(III)/421(IV)
383 55 67
6
5.45
10
12 1 2
N L1 Y L2 Y 407 (IV) 360 (IV) 317 (III) 270 (III) Y 83
60 = 45 = 13 215 X 224.5 100 430 90 351 Y 150 215 90 X 225 383 351 = 60 = 141
34
13
12
12
90 5
1 12
202
3 4
11
X
12
425
6
5.45
1
69
= 60 194 = 35
10
158.5 135
9 10
50 185.5
= 60 = 35 15
30 10
N 13 X 34 215 224.5
L1
Y L2
L3
34
1 2
15
75 (III)
55
67
Y 360 (IV)
75 (III)
75 =
55
67 383
6 12
X
165.5
141
90 7
8
L3 150 215
Key
13
351 5.45 34
202 X
3 4 10
194 X 60
13
X 135 185.5
270 (III)
425 150 =
12
9
5
60 100
100
Y
= 45 =
Y
12
= 60 = 69
50
34
383
1 2 3 4
Vertical splayed terminals 2000A Vertical splayed terminals 2500A 407 (IV) MESSA A TERRA 6 Tightening torque .. Nm 215 317 (III) Tightening torque ...Nm ...MAX
224.5 Y
L1
Y L2
83 170 (IV)
141
12
69
225 158.5
7 8
351
5 116 202 10 11 10
Y 7/19 Door position - Ref. page 75 (III) Earthing 3device 4 X 360 (IV) 10 Mobile part 270 (III) Fixed part
80 (IV) 75 (III)
75
9
50 Y 80 (IV) 75
150
12 Segregation (where envisaged) Y 430 13 Distance from connected for testing to = X 351 X isolated
=
12
90
90
90
1
X 194
1 2
135
L1
Y L2
L3
6
34 83
331(III)/421(IV)
5.45
1 2 6
13
12
90
90 Y
90 150 215
141
215
= 150
202
= 70 =
= 80 =
= 80 =
= 70 =
= 70 = = 80 =
2 14
2 15 14
L3
47
126
126
14 2 4
15
N
126
1
14
L1
126
2
47
14
N
126
3
Y
L1
L2
4 14 1X2 1 3 14
L2
Y 126
L3
2 4
4 14
L1
126
L2
Y
L1
L2
L3
430
134
35
L1
L2
L3
L1
35
L2
1 3 14
126
113
1 3 14
34
74.5
5 6
34
3 13
N
74.5 = 80 = Y
4
L2 L3
5 6
= 70 =
13
L1
L2
551 (IV) 425 (III)
L3
3200A
383
L1
14 7
35 15 20 47 47 20
15 14 13
15
N
126 Y 126
L1
= 80 =
L2
14 7 12
47
13
47
12
212.5 Y
1 2
35
2 4 50
10
4
47 20
L1
13
126
L2
Y 126
12
L3
3 4
154 X 184 X X 13 103 113 126 13 Y 126 425 351X X 185.5 = 80 =
14
X X 154 X 184 425
184
425
X 185.5 13
351 X
33
45
33
45X
430 134
8
= 80 = 70 = =5.45
N
113
L1
L2
L3
10 103 34
113 Y
= 80 = 5.45 113 Y
2
10
34
1 3 14
185.5439 (III) / 565 (IV) 219.5 126 126 Y 126 Y 504 (IV) Y 378
126
3 6
50
15
14 189
1 1
47
75
150
14
3200A
75 10 X X = 150 =
11 2 4
351 366
2 2
1
N
34 Y
3
L2
Y
74.5
10
5
126
L1
3
126
6
126 50
L3
383
3 3
5 6
3 11 6N
50
351 366
4 4
L1
L2
551 (IV) 425 (III)
L3
MESSA A TERRA
14
430 134
14
75
8
10
MESSA A TERRA
...MAX
...MAX
N 10
13 10 47
100 X
75 = =
12
10 212.5 Y
L1
L2
150
1 2
Y 35
1 2 1 2
15
35 100 35
113 15 15 5 6 20
1 3 14
45 45 = 70 =
20 20
126
3 4
N
13 126 126
3 4 3 4
219.5
74.5 13 33 45 = 80 = = 80 =
33 33
8
33
10
184
425
X 185.5
100 (III)
225 (IV)
L1
13 L2 13 551 (IV)
L3
45 = 80 =
5.45
113
13 = 80 =
13 383
14 7 14 14 47 2 1 2 4
= 70 =
= 70 =
15 14
15 15
2
47 47 47 20
14 2 4 2 4 4 4 14 430
430 33 45 47
2 126 2 14 14
3 10
4
3 6
35 35
50
13
126 126
12
1 5
2
351 X
N
X 184
35
X X X 34
8
5.45 134 13 113 430
L1
L2 Y L2 126
Y Y Y 126
L3 L3
1 2 1 2
MESSA A TERRA
20
75 =
20
L2 N 126 L3 L1 126
Y 126 126 126
15
...MAX 35 X 15
15
10
113
L1 L3 L1
L2
Y
3 4
10
13
33 45
50
150 10
33
45
33
45
L3 L3
13
= Y
10 20 13 34 74.5 13 34 13 75 35
= 80 =
3 4 34 15
8 14 383
5 6
15
1 3 113 1 5 50 14 55 10 6 6
N
1 3 3 31 14 6 14 21 1 14
75 50
439 (III) / 565 (IV) Y 219.5 439 (III) / 565 (IV) 439 (III) / 565 (IV) 13 504 (IV) 126 126 126 219.5 219.5 Y 378 (III) = 70 = = 80 = 126 126 126 126 126 126 189 Y Y 126 126 126 Y Y Y Y
L1
L2 N
L2
9
10
= 80 =
= 80 =
100 (III)
= 70 =
= 70 =
100
2
= 80 =
225 (IV)
126
1 126
15
15
11 14
22
14
47
3 347
2 4 2 4
14
14 44 4 14
N N L1 N
126
L1
L2 Y
L3 L3 L3
L1
L2 N
551 (IV)
4 14
N L1
126 1
13 383
= 126
14
126
= 80 126 Y
14383 = 14 7 7
2 = 80 = 10 4 9
430 134
4=
150
N 10
4
Y X
47 X 20 47
11 22
X X X
47
13
= 14 12
13 13 Y
12 212.5 12
L1
X
100
X 134
430 134
430
47
N
126 351 X
L1
126
L2
351 X 126 Y 351 X 13
L3
47
20
47 X
20 154 113 X 425 154 X 103 34 113 34 184 184 113 113
35 35
N
15 15
X X
100 (III)
225 (IV)
L2
20 20
X
L3
8
74.5
8X 154 8 5.45
103 5.45 34
X X
184
1 3
425
425
3 34 4
13 34 74.5 74.5 13 13 383 126126 383
35 35 113
113 15 15
1 50 1 3 3 50
10 10
13 34
N
10
L1
L2
34 Y 5.45
L3
75 219.5 75
5 6 103
14185.5
185.5
33 33 45 45
185.5
5 6
= 80 == 80 =
5 33 6
14
33 45 45 10 10
14
1 126
13 13
= 80 == 80 =
10 439 (III) / 565 (IV) 10 75 126 150 126 351Y 366 126
Key 1 2 N 3 4
14
10 = 425 (III) 150 10 351 X X 10 154 X 212.5 = 7/28 12 | 1SDC200023D0201 | ABB Catalogue 13 8 X X Y 9 9 5.45 9 103 34
7 8 Horizontal terminals 3200A MESSA A TERRA 8 Y Vertical terminals 3200A 8 L1 L3 4000A L2 Horizontal terminals Vertical terminals 4000A ...MAX 551 (IV)
1515
MESSA A TERRA MESSA A TERRA ...MAX ...MAX 47 20
1 3 1 5 6 5
50 75
3 3 6
Y 504 (IV)
70 == 70 = L1 504 = L3 (IV) L2
Y 378 (III) 504 (IV) (IV) 551 189 378 (III) 425 Y (III) 189 212.5 Y
Y Y
N L1
= 80 == 80 =
22
11 6 Y 1414 47 47 12 13 Y 5 Tightening torque ...Nm 50 6 Tightening torque ...Nm 22 50 75 47 10 7 Door position - Ref. page 7/19 4 4 4 4 75= 10 10 8 Earthing device
X 184 150 = = 425 150 =
1414
11 7 7 11 13 Y Y 12 Mobile part 47 47 N L1 L1 Fixed L2 L2 13 partL3 L3 47 47 14 Segregation (where envisaged) 20 20 126126 126126 126126 Y Y 15 Distance from connected for testing to isolated
X X X 154 154 X X 184 425 184 X 185.5 113 425 X 185.5 X
14
126126 Y
14 Y
126126
12 13
1414
X
351 XX 351 X
100 100
Y Y
N N
L1 L1
L2 L2
L3 L3
103 34 34 103 113
5.45
5.45
113 113
1 33 Y 1
15 13 13 13 13
15
35
80
35
80
35
80
35
80
11
126 126 Y Y 126 126 126
1 2
126 Y 269 Y
L1
L2
L3
Front terminals F
34 551 (IV) 425 (III) 13 34 212.5 15 74.5
5
5.45 34
L1
L2
L3
13
15
80
20
1 3 3
20
1 3
11
212.5
15
126
126 Y
126
425
X 185.5
521
1
351 X X
425
5
5.45 34
X 185.5
521
L1
L2
L3
2
20
10 9
15
45
10
1
75 150 380
2 1
20
1034 9
13
291 74.5
551 (IV)
2
20 189
15
45
425 (III)
8
189
4
50 269
81
198 15
212.5
15
50
15
6 7
= 150 =
1
10 225 (IV) Y
6 2 7
13
75 = 150 = 35 80 351 X
100 (III)
100 X
13 425
X 35 80
52
185.5
2 10 9
504 (IV) 378 (III) Y Y 15 45
269
11
13
198 15
126 35 X 80 X
126 Y Y
126 35 80 50
8
189
5 11 1
13 5.45 34
L1
5 L2
L3
100 (III)
100
6 7 269
= 150 =
10 225 (IV)
34
74.5
291 126
126 Y
126
15 13
15
383
2
13 34 15 74.5
5 2
5.45 34
L1
L2
20
1
L3
212.5
35
80
3
551 (IV)
351
425
11
X 185.5
521
2013
1 3
10
15
15
126
126 Y
126
2
35 80 75 150 380 20
35
80
10 9
X 50 185.5 521
15
45
351
425
504 (IV)
5
189
L1
L2
L3
8
34 551 (IV) 425 (III)
126
126 Y Y
2 10
5 9
13
MESSA A TERRA 75 ...MAX Y
291
100 (III) 74.5 100
34
6 7
15
45 = 150 =
10
383
225 (IV) Y
L1
L2
L3
50
20
1 3
212.5
15
Key 1 Upper front terminals A TERRA 5 front MESSA terminals 551 (IV) 2 Lower 3 Tightening torque ...Nm 425 (III)
...MAX Y 212.5 15
189
75
6 7
4 Door position - Ref. page 7/19 5 Earthing device 100 (III) 100 X 351 9 Mobile part
10 225 (IV) Y
425
= 150 =
X 185.5
521
10 75 150 20
10
15
45
15 33
10
1 1
15
15
12
33 45 45
Y 15 15 33 33 45 45 Y
63
10
10
45 10 13 13 = 80 = = 80 = 80 = 383
33
IV
= 70 = 70 = 13 13
N
= 80 = 80 =
13 = 80 = 817
L1
L2
10
10 464.5
L3
= 80 = 80 = (IV)
12
1 2 1 2 12 12
47 10
63
10 Y
252 252 Y Y 63 63
338.5 (III)
47
III 1 2
189
20
L1
943 252 Y
L2
L3
252
6
5.45
III III
154
X 134
1 2 1 2 12 12 IV 2IV 4
113
L1 425 X
189 189
L1
252 252 Y
L2 L2
943 943
L3 L3
185.5
252 252 Y 63 63 Y
12 Horizontal IV
63 rear terminals HR
5
10 75 150 351 366
103 34
L1
1 3 13
47 47 10
882 (IV)
L2
L3
L1 L1
L2 L2
756 (III) 315 (III) L3 L3 Y (IV) 237 (III) 75 = 150 = Y 441 (IV) 50
929 (IV) 464.5 803 (III) (IV) 383 383 338.5 (III) Y
9 11 11 10 10 2
11
10
12 12
6
47 47 20
MESSA A TERRA
803 (III) 803 (III) 363 (III) 338.5 338.5 (III) (III) Y Y 63 (III) 10
...MAX 20 X
425
X 185.5
X X
6 6
5.45 5.45
8
X
10
X 154 154
X 134 X 134 X
425 425 X X X
375 (IV)
5 5
35 315 (III) 441 (IV)
113
113 13 Y 50 10 Y 45 10 363 (III) 363 (III) = 80 = 817 63 (III) 63 (III) 10 10 252 63 X 375 (IV) 375 (IV) Y Y 237 (III) 237 (III) Y Y
1
Y
10 75 15 50 33 45 75
1 1 2 3 3 13 13
2 2 35 4 4 9 9
15
34
74.5
882 (IV) 882 (IV) 756 (III) 756 (III) 315 (III) 315 (III) 441 (IV) 441 (IV) 50 50
2
33
9
363 (III) 63 (III) 10
5000A
13
237 (III) = 80 =
= 150 =
= 70 =
6 6
13
75
75
= 80 = ...MAX ...MAX
= = 150 150 = =
375 (IV)
375 (IV)
35 15
20
1 2 8 8 12 2 III 1 2 7 7
252 X X 35
Y X
50 10
1
33 45
15
13 34 189
L1 13
34
L2
L3
252
45 10 = 80 =
13 = 80 = = 70 =
12
13 = 80 = 817
63
1 2 IV 12
383
252
L1
Y 252
63
35
L2
L3
35 15
2
33 45 47 10
20
929 (IV) 464.5 15 338.5 L3 (III) 33 45 10 = 80 = 817 252 L2 252 L3 Y 63 Y 464.5 (IV) 882 (IV) 756 (III) Y (III) 338.5 (III) 315 185.5 X (IV) 50 10 803 (III) Y Y
35 15
20
12
13 47 20 = 80 = X 5.45 154
III 1 2
= 70 =
L1 11
189
10
943 252
13
L2
33 13 = 80 =
45
252 Y 63
= 80 =
6300A
X
12
425 X
= 70 =
X 134
IV
103 113
1 2 12
L1
1Y
2
10 383 75
35
150 351 366
34
50
15
12
13
1
33
10
2 4 9
III11 1 2 12
425 X
10
189
L1
45 47 10 10
L2
943 Y 252 Y
L3
50
47
0 = X
6 1 2 12
5.45
13= 80
63 237 (III)
75
X 134
X
Y
5 III
10 75
113
1
X
IV
35
N
15
10
= 150 =
L1
375 (IV) Y
L2
20
375 (IV) 464.5
L3185.5
35 15 33 383
50 10
Y 929 (IV)
L1
12
1
943
1 2 12 6 IV
Key 1 2 3 4
N
L2
7
252
L3
13 34
2 4
10 425 47 74.5
47
13 = 80 =
11
756 (III)
(IV)
10
45 10
= 70 =
237 (III) 75 = 150 =
50
13
63 20
X
12= 80
252
= 80 =
MESSA A TERRA
5.45
13
154 X
363 (III)
X
X 134
63 (III) 10
1 X2
185.5
47 10
...MAX L1
L2
34 464.5 X
929 (IV) 5 8 Horizontal 10terminals 5000A 803 (III) 75 150 Horizontal terminals 6300A 11 10 ...Nm 351 Tightening torque Y 7 366 Tightening torque ...Nm
103
L3
113
12
X
(IV)
338.5 (III)
3
74.5
13 34
5 Door position - Ref. page 7/19 882 2 756 (III) 6 Earthing device 10 Mobile part 4 9 Y
363 (III)
375 (IV)
6
5.45
375 (IV) Y
(IV) 315 (III) 441 (IV)
X 134
Y 12 Segregation (where L1 envisaged) L2 L3 103 13 Distance from connected 943 for testing to isolated 10 75 189 150 351 366 252 Y 63 34 252
113
13
X 185.5
237 (III)
75 = 150 =
1 3
2 4
L3
63 (III) 10 Y
...MAX
L1
L2
III 1 3 IV
N
189
L1
943 252 Y
L2 Y
252
L3
III 12 1 3 IV
N
189
L1
943 252 Y
L2 Y
252
L3
III 12 1 3 IV
63
63
L1
252
L2
817 252
L3
L1
252
L2
817 252
L3
2 4 III
L1
63
2 12 4 III
L1
63
2 12 4 III 2 4 IV
L2
943 252 Y
L3
252
L2
943 252 Y
L3
252
2 4 IV
N
189
63
12
2 4 IV
N
189
63
12
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
11
47
10
338.5 (III) Y
13
12
47
11 1 2
134 X X
13 10
12
47
1 1 2
134 X
1 2
134 X X
X 185.5
425
X 185.5
425
113
3 4 9
363 (III)
74.5
34
1
1
35 237(III) 15 75 33 13 375 (IV) = 80 = 375 (IV)
50
6
20
3 4 2
35
34
...MAX
9
15 33
6
50 363 (III) 10
3 4 9
...MAX 237(III)
75
5000A
63 (III) 10
45
= 150 = = 70 =
8 7 1 3 III
20 13
45 10
2 63 (III)
10
8 7
= 150 =
= 80 = 817
= 80 = 375 (IV)
375 (IV)
7
1
35
15
20
2
L1
35
252 63 15
252
50
10
12
50 10
33 13
45 15 = 70 = 33 45
1
= 80 =
35
2
13 189
L3
10 = 80 = 45 10 = 80 12 =
= 80 =
63
12
817
13 = 80 = = 70 =
N L1
252 13 63 L1
L3
1
12
L3 L3
35
15
3 IV
12
13
L1 Y L1 L1 189
252 63 189 Y 252 L2 252 817
L2 Y Y L2 943
943 Y Y 252 Y Y 252 L3 63 252 63
33
45
6300A
4 2 IV 4 IV III
20
12 12
L3 L3
= 80 =
=7
L1 L1 L1
L2
252 Y
2 4 III
189
Y 817 L2 252 Y L2 63 929 (IV) 252 803 (III) 63 Y 943 Y 252 252 Y 929 (IV) 63 L3 Y
12
2 13
35
15 383 33 45
50
L3
2
12
10
943 252
2 4
464.5 (IV)
5
10
12
= 80 =
11
N L1
189
10
L1 Y
L2 338.5 (III)
L3
12
= 70 =
13
= 80 = 817 252
1 3 III 1 3 IV
X X
IV 47 1 2 2 4 121
X 134
L2
12
X 185.5 425
63X
252 X
6
383
IV
35
13
13 34 189
15
L1
943 252 74.5 Y
L2 Y
252 10
L3
803 (III) Y
L1
Y 464.5 20 (IV)
L2
L3
35
15 33
50
10
12
383 47 150
113
11
10
13
63
75
L1
MESSA A TERRA Y X
L2
5 351 12
366 X
1 34 12 2 13
134 47
33
45
L3
2
13
252 X 74.5
817 ...MAX 63 X 10 Y
3 4 1X 9 2
134
= 80 =
11
10
464.5 (IV)
45 10 = 80 =
13
425
50
252
X 150
6
34
113
237(III)
3 75
X = 150 = 185.5 425
III 34 Key
1 2 2 3 4 4
12
III
12
L2
Y
Vertical terminals 5000A 7 MESSA A TERRA 13 6 943 Vertical terminals 6300A 10 189 252 252 74.5 34 Tightening torque ...Nm 63 ...MAX Y Tightening torque ...Nm MESSA A TERRA 6 8 IV
N L1
Y L2 ...MAX 929 7 (IV) 803 (III)
L1
L2
75 Y
L3 351
366 75 150 351 366
113 943 3 315 (III) 5 Door position - Ref. page 7/19 Y 441 (IV) 11 Fixed part 1 375 (IV) 375 (IV) 4 189 252 252 50 6 34 Earthing device 12 Segregation (where envisaged) 63 882 (IV) 3 Y 756 (III) 9 10 Mobile part 13 Distance from connected for testing to isolated 12 3 315 (III) 13 363 (III) 237(III) 75 5 441 (IV) IV 4 50
L1
L3
383
12 12
L3
63 (III)
= 150 =
L1
L2
L3
8
464.5 (IV)
2 75 4
= 150 =
375 (IV)
63 (III) 10
12
2
252
15
14
47 15
2 2 4
252
14
N L1
14
N L1
L2
L3
134
4
252
113
14 5 6
MESSA A TERRA
L1
1069
34
74.5
L2
L3
1 3
L1
1069 252 252 63
L2
L3
1 3 14
N L1
...MAX
252 Y
10
L2
35
12
1 2
1055 Y
L3
15 20 383 33 45
3 4 14
47 13 20
35 9
L2
L3
15 33
12
45 10
50
10 1055 Y 464.5
464.5
7
= 70 =
47
13
13
X 184 425 X 185.5
= 80 =
= 80 =
47
13
X 184 252 113 425
= 80 =
15
14
Y
47 15
2 14
8
5.45
X 252
204
X 1069 252 63 Y
X 185.5
113
2 4
10
103
3 6
11
X 375 Y 1008 X 134 441 375 113 50
1 L1 5
1069 252 63
L2
3 6
252
11
L3
1008 441 375 Y 375
4 14
5000A
13 34 74.5
5 6 8 1 2 1 2
Y MESSA A TERRA 35 15 35 ...MAX 20 13 33 45 13 = 80 = = 80 = 15
75 = 150 = 33
N
20 20
7
1 2 11
13 35
10
3 4 3 4
252
L1
35 1069 252 35 63 50
L2
15 15 252 33 33
L3
1 3 3 4 14
35
50 50
10 10
10
15
10 9
45 45
15 13 33 13
45 45 10 = 80 =
33
Y 10
11
= 80 =
= 70 =
N
= 70 = 13 12 2 = 80 = 47 = 70 = 15 47 15 47
45
= 80 =
L1
= 80 = 10
L2
L3 10
7 15 14
15
= 80 =
1547
15
14 14 14 2 4 8
5.45
383
2 4 2 20 4
134
2 14
204 15 103 45
47
2 14
252 13 14
1069 252 63 Y
252 252
N N L2
X X X 13
1 2
X X
184 20 113
425
L1
L2 L2
15 252 252 33
L3 L3
X 50 10
4
185.5
X 10
134
6300A
13 34 74.5
34 13 34
13
5 6 15
8 8
4 33 5 6 1 14 = MESSA 80 = A 5 TERRA 6 5
34 MESSA A TERRA ...MAX 47 ...MAX 15
4 14 14
L1
1069 252 11 63
3 4
252 252
L1
1069 35 L3 252
Y 1069 63 252 Y 63 Y Y
45 10 = 80 =
252
3 = 70 =
N
252 13
N N L2
6 1 3 1 23 14
252 14 14
L1 = 80 = 1008
375
L2 L2
441 375 252 252 252
L3 L3
8 3 4
MESSA A TERRA
14
15
L1
1069 252 63
L1
1069 252
...MAX 35
10
383 13 X 383
33
45 X 10 134
2 50 1010 4 14 9 9
= 80 =
1 10 3
L3 1069 Y
1069 63 252 252 63 63 Y Y Y Y Y
50
75
N N N L2
252
L1
10
L2
L3 L3 L3
464.5 252 464.5
12
N
0 =
7 7
= 80 =
14 383 9 14
2 14
14
252
47 113 20 47 252 47 X X X X 20
12
12 4 14 13
L1
L1 L2 L1 L2 L3 1055 Y
1069 Y 1055 252 Y Y 63
= 150 =
47 47
11 1055
Y X X
13 34 X X 47
464.5
8 8
5 6 13
X X X 185.5
204 MESSA A TERRA 204 103 425 ...MAX 184 34 113 34 103
X X
425 425
13
L1
1069 252 252 63
L2
L3
X X
8
N
5.45
1 185.5 3 14
185.5
L1
10 75 252 10 1069
Y 5.45 204
X Y Y Y Y
252
L2
L3
4 14
10 75
10 9 11
3 6 3 6
11 11
Y
1 366 383 5Y 14 L2
252 Y X Y 5.45
Key
L1
L3
47
5 1 3 5 6
20
L1
375
L2
L3
50 50
12
375
1008
Y Y Y
1 3 1 2 14 3 4
1069 Horizontal terminals 5000A 252 Vertical terminals 5000A252 Horizontal terminals 6300A 63 Vertical terminals 6300A 8 X
5 6 7 8
204 X
Tightening torque ...Nm Y 47 Tightening torque ...Nm 13 page 7/19 Door position - Ref. Earthing device 425
X 184 X 10 113 185.5
10 10
75 12 50 Mobile part = 13 Fixed part 75 150 14 Segregation (where envisaged) = 75 = 150 = X = 150 =
Y Y
12
L1
L2
L3
103
11 11 11
Y
34
11
35
80
35
80
35
80
35
252 63 Y
252
11 III 5
5.45 34
252 63 Y
252
1
L3
252
III
L1
189
L2
252
L3
252
L1
189
L2
252
63 Y
IV
34
N
252
L1
252 Y Y 63
L2
252
L3
IV
1
N
252
63 Y Y
2
L2 L3
252 15
L1
252 63 269 Y Y
IV FS
Front terminals F
N L1
13
291 74.5
L2
L3
IV FS
13
34
L1
L2
L3
35 80
1055 (IV FS) 929 (IV) 803 (III) 338.5 (III) 276 15 Y 138 383
1055 (IV FS) 929 (IV) 803 (III) 338.5 (III) 20 276 Y 138
1 3
521
1 3
11 15
252 63 Y
252
1
L3
252
III
521
L1
189 425
L2
252 X
X 185.5
425
351 X
1
5.45
63 Y Y
3
20
3
10 75 150 380 20
IV
34 Y
N
252
185.5
L1
252 63
L2
252
15
13 34
15
291
269
464.5 (IV/IV 13 FS)
10
9
1008 (IV FS) 882 (IV) 756 (III)
10
74.5
IV FS
45
15
L1
35 80
L2
8
315 (III) 441 (IV/IV FS) 50 383
1008 (IV FS) 882 (IV) 756 (III) 315 (III) 441 (IV/IV FS) 15 237 (III) 50
8
338.5 (III)
RA
5
237 (III) 75 = 150 = Y
1
363 (III) 63 (III) 10
276
252
75
138
1 2
63 Y Y
252
III
Y 521 X 375 (IV/IV FS)
= 150 L1=
L2
252
2
10
2X
5
5.45
3
150 380 198 15 20
189
63 Y Y
2
34
15 15
IV
269 13
269 15 13
1 2
198 15
75
N
252
L1
L2
252
1
80
13
13
10
80
13 74.5 34
35 269
291
80
2
N
9
1008 (IV FS)
464.5 63 (IV/IV
IV FS
35 15
35
80
35
L1
882 (IV)
Y
198
L2
1
11
756 (III) 13
1 11
269 252 63 Y 15 Y 252 252
2
252 63 Y
13 441 (IV/IV F
5
198
MESSA A TERRA
383
35 15
33 138
2 5
15 5.45 35 13 74.5 34 252 63 X Y Y 34 252 80 5.45 34
III 5 IV
13
L1
189 X 198 13
L2
III
L3 L1
252 189
L2
13
L3
252
...MAX
20
25235
269 13
80 63 Y 15
11
7
35
6
252
276 Y
15
252 63 Y
252 63 Y Y
80
11
291 13
34
L1
252
IV Y
252 35
252 Y 80 63
L2 N
63 252 252 Y Y
252
L1 L3
252 X 63 5
L2
351 X
252 X
L3
III
X
L1
189
521
L2
L3
252
252 63 Y Y
IV FS 74.5 5
L3
252
291
III IV FS
L1
L1
L2 N
L2
252
L3 L1
L3
L2 5.45
10
L3
34
IV
150 20
3 2
N
252
L1
15 252
Y 63
L2
252
L3
252 1055 (IV FS) 929 (IV) 803 (III) 291 74.5 276 252 Y
75
III
L1
189
383
L2
252 20
5.45
383
IV
34 15 20
N
15 252
4
13
3-pole 63
Y Y 74.5
1
291
1 IV FS 3
N
521
276 Y
L1
138
L2
L3
338.5 (III)
IV FS
380
10
N L1
Y
9
L2 L3
1008 (IV FS) 882 (IV) 756 (III)
4-pole 63
Y Y
138
1055 (IV FS) 4-pole full size 929 (IV) 803 (III)
IV
351 X
N
252
34
3
L3
252 521 X
315
338.5 (III)
L1
252
L2
63 351 X X Y Y 383 L2
L1
L2
383
L3
20 425
4
X 338.5 (III)185.5
1 5 3
MESSA 15 A TERRA
X 185.5 425
276 Y 138
IV FS
...MAX
6 7
237 (
L1
Key 10
3 2
20 150 75
L3
1
15 380
3
15 20
15
15
1 Upper front terminals 380 2 Lower front terminals 338.5 (III) 3 Tightening torque276 ...Nm 138
351 X Y
10
521 X
4 Door position - Ref. page 464.5 (IV/IV FS) 9 10 9 7/19 5 Earthing device (IV FS) part 1008 (IV FS) 9 1008 Mobile
882 (IV) 756 (III) 10 315 (III) 882 (IV) 75 756 (III) 150 380 Y
3
X 20 315 (III) 185.5
425
(IV/IV FS)
185.5
375
45
3
521 X
10
464.5 (IV/IV FS) 9 ABB Catalogue | 1SDC200023D0201 | 7/33 1008 (IV FS) 882 (IV)
10
5 6
185.5
6 10
363 (III)
75 =
Electrical diagrams
Reading information Circuit-breakers ATS021 and ATS022 Power controller Circuit-breakers Terminal box E1.2 Terminal box E2.2 - E4.2 - E6.2 Electrical accessories ATS021 and ATS022 8/2 8/7 8/8 8/9 8/10 8/11 8/12 8/38
63) Ekip COM R Profibus Redundant 64) Ekip COM R Profinet Redundant 65) Ekip COM R Devicenet Redundant 66) Ekip COM R Ethernet IP Redundant 71) Contact ready to close - RTC 72) Second opening coil - YO2 73) Undervoltage coil - YU 74) Undervoltage coil with external time-lag device - YU, D 75) First opening coil - YO 76) First opening coil with control from protection trip unit - YO, Ekip Com Actuator 77) First closing coil - YC 78) First closing coil with control from protection trip unit - YC, Ekip Com Actuator 79) Second closing coil - YC2 81) Open/closed auxiliary contacts of circuit-breaker (first set) 91) External supplementary open/closed auxiliary contacts of circuit-breaker 95) Contacts for signalling circuit-breakers in racked-in, test, racked-out position 96) Contacts for signalling circuit-breakers in racked-in, test, racked-out position (first set) 97) Supplementary contacts for signalling circuit-breakers in racked-in, test, racked-out position (second set) 98) Circuit-breakers without auxiliary safety voltage 99) Circuit-breakers with auxiliary safety voltage in direct and alternating current 100) ATS021 101) ATS022 102) Third circuit-breaker controlling with ATS022 103) Ekip Signalling 10K 104) Ekip Multimeter 105) Application diagram for Ekip Touch, Hi-Touch, G Touch, G Hi-Touch with Power Controller function.
Uaux UI/L1 UI/L2 UI/L3 UI/N UI/O W2 W9W13 W9R.W11R X XB1...XB7 XF XF1XF2 XK1XK3 XK7 XV YC YC2 YO YO1 YO2 YR YU
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
Auxiliary supply voltage Current sensor phase L1 Current sensor phase L2 Current sensor on phase L3 Current sensor on neutral Single-pole current sensor Serial interface with internal bus (local bus) RJ45 connector for communication modules RJ45 connector for redundant communication modules Delivery connector for auxiliary circuits for withdrawable version of circuit-breaker Connectors for circuit-breaker applications Delivery terminal board for position contacts of withdrawable version of circuit-breaker Contact of the EKIP protection trip unit for activating fans Connectors for auxiliary circuits of the EKIP protection trip unit Connector for auxiliary circuits of communication module Delivery terminal box for auxiliary circuits of fixed version circuit-breaker Closing coil Second closing coil Opening coil Opening coil for overcurrent Second opening coil Coil for electrical resetting of trip contact S51 Undervoltage coil
ATS021 and ATS022 devices for automatic switching of two circuit-breakers Normal supply line circuit-breaker Emergency supply line circuit-breaker Auxiliary contactor type NF22E for voltage presence of normal power supply Auxiliary contactor type NF22E for voltage presence of emergency power supply Auxiliary contactors type AL__-30 for the closing of the circuit-breakers Auxiliary contactors type AL__-30 for the opening of the circuit-breakers Motor for loading the closing springs Auxiliary contact of the circuit-breaker Thermal relay for isolating and protecting the auxiliary circuits of safety auxiliary voltage Thermal relays for isolating and protecting the auxiliary circuits of the lines Contact for enabling automatic switching of the ATS021 device Signalling contacts for the inputs of the ATS022 device Contacts controlled by the cam of the motor operator Changeover contact for electrical signalling of local/remote selector state Limit contacts of spring loading motor Contact for electrical signalling of circuit-breaker open due to tripping of overcurrent trip unit Contact for signalling circuit-breaker racked-in # Serial interface with control system (MODBUS EIA RS485 interface) available with the device ATS022 Connector for auxiliary circuits of withdrawable version circuit-breakers Delivery terminal box for the position contacts of the circuit-breaker Delivery terminal box for the auxiliary circuits of the fixed version circuit-breakers Shunt closing release Shunt opening release
# This diagram shows the withdrawable version circuit-breakers, but it is also valid for the fixed version circuit-breakers. In this case, it is not necessary to connect the S75I/1 contacts on the X31:1 input of the ATS021 device otherwise it is necessary to connect the X32:5 and X32:6 terminals with the terminal X32:9 of the ATS022 device. * This diagram shows circuit-breakers with overcurrent release but it is also valid for circuit-breakers without release (switchdisconnectors). If the S51 contact is not present, the S51contacts on the X31:1 input of the ATS021 device should not be considered, while it is necessary to connect the X32:7 and X32:8 terminals with the X32:9 terminal of the ATS022 device.
= EKIP SIGNALLING 10K unit = MOE actuator unit for stored energy operating mechanism for the Tmax XT circuit-breaker = Ethernet Switch device = Time-delayed trip fuse = Programmable digital inputs of the EKIP protection trip unit = Connectors for auxiliary circuits of the Tmax XT circuit-breaker in the withdrawable version = Electronic overcurrent protection trip unit type EKIP for EMAX 2 circuit-breaker type = Communication module for the EKIP trip unit = Signalling module for EKIP trip unit = Optional auxiliary supply module for the EKIP trip unit = Closing control from the EKIP protection trip unit = Opening control from the EKIP protection trip unit = Motor for loading closing springs for EMAX 2 circuit-breaker type = Motor for opening the circuit-breaker and for loading closing springs for TMAX XT circuit-breaker type = Programmable signalling contacts of the EKIP protection trip unit = Auxiliary contacts of circuit-breaker = Emax 2 circuit-breaker equipped with EKIP POWER CONTROLLER = Emax 2 circuit-breaker = Tmax XT circuit-breaker equipped with MOE actuator unit = Emax 2 MS switch-disconnector = Resistor = Limit contacts of spring loading motor = Trip signalling contact = Contacts for signalling Emax 2 circuit-breaker in racked-in position (provided only for withdrawable version) = RJ45 connector for communication modules = Delivery connector for auxiliary circuits for withdrawable version of Emax 2 circuit-breaker = Delivery terminal box for auxiliary circuits of fixed version circuit-breaker = Closing coil = Opening coil
A A
K51 K51 Q Q TI/L1 TI/L1 TI/L2 A1 A1 TI/L2 TI/L3 TI/L3 TI/N TI/N UI/L1 UI/L1 UI/L2 UI/L2 UI/L3 UI/L3 UI/N UI/N
T11 T12 T11 T21 T12 T22 T21 T31 T22 T32 T31 T41 T32 T42 T41 T42 T13 T14 T13 T23 T14 T24 T23 T33 T24 T34 T33 T43 T34 T44 T43 T44
XK1 XK1
1 1
XK1 XK1
13
> > > > > > > > > > >> > >> > > > > >
EKIP DIP EKIP TOUCH EKIP DIP EKIP HI-TOUCH EKIP TOUCH EKIP LCD EKIP HI-TOUCH EKIP HI-LCD EKIP LCD EKIP G TOUCH EKIP HI-LCD EKIP G HI-TOUCH EKIP G TOUCH EKIP G LCD EKIP G HI-TOUCH EKIP G HI-LCD EKIP G LCD EKIP G HI-LCD
14 13 11 14 12 11 9 12 10 9 7 10 8 7 8
YO1
2
YO1
XK3 XK3
7 8 8 7
Q/26 Q/26
XK1 XK1
XK3 XK3
9 9
21
22 21 19 22 20 19 17 20 18 17 15 18 16 15 16
Q/27 Q/27
10
10
* C) * C)
LOWER
N N
L1 L1
L2 L2
L3 L3
A1 A1 Q Q
Q/4 Q/3
81
Q/2 Q/1
C1 C11 11
C3 C13 12
YO
C12 C1 C2 D1 D2
YO
C12 C1 C3 C2
YO
77 75 72
YO
C11
78 76 73 74
K51
C11 C13
C2 C12 14
Q1
42 44 41 32 34 31 22 24 21 12 14 11
Q4
41
42
44
81
Q2
21
22
24
Q3
31
32
34
First opening coil First closing coil Second opening coil Undervoltage coil Ready to close contact
77 78 75 76 72 73 74 71
YC
K51
YC
YO2
YU
D1 D2
in alternative
71
K51
RTC
46 48 45 Ne+ Ne-
Rca K2
27
K51/..
LOCAL BUS
EKIP Supply
W3
K2
O 12
O 11
41
K51/SIGN K51/SIGN
K51/SIGN
I 12
K51/SYNC
O SC
48
K51/SYNC K51/SIGN
Vs VS2
W4
31 32
W4 K1
K1
W3
Ne
Ne
TU I/O
RTC YU YC YO2
YC
D1
45
46
48
D2
31 32
O 22
42
K51/SIGN K51/SIGN
K51/SIGN
I 22
K51/COM
PORTA COMUNIC. COMMUN. PORT
W..
51 .. .. 58 61 .. ..
Szo
Module
41 42 43 48 51 .. 61 .. .. 58 .. 66
O 21
K51/SIGN
O 32
43
K51/SIGN K51/SIGN
K51/SIGN
I 32
K51/COM
PORTA COMUNIC. COMMUN. PORT RIDONDANTE REDUNDANT
Module
W..R
O 31
K51/SIGN
K51
K51
Rct Rca
25
K51/MEAS
24
K51/MEAS
26
K51/MEAS
Rct Ge
K51
Szi
66
Current sensor input on external neutral Zone selectivity Transformer star centre sensor input RC residual current protection sensor input Ekip Measuring voltage sockets
YR
27 26 25 24 20 21 22 23 14 13 12 11
V3
VN V1 V2 V3
Vn Ge
20
N L1 L2 L3
21 22
VN
23
L1 L2 L3
V2
R1
14 13 12 11
U1
U2
U2
35
36
38
S33M/2 S51
36 38 35 96 98 95
F1
R2
S33M/1
R2
YR
R1 U1
YR reset trip coil Closing springs loading motor Contact for signalling position of loaded springs Trip signalling contact
S51 S33
95
96
98
Q/4 Q/3
81
Q/2 Q/1
C1 C11 C21 11
79
YO
YC2
C21 C22
C2 C12 C22 14
YO YC2 Q1
12
42 44 41 32 34 31 22 24 21 12 14 11
Q4
41
42
44
Q3
31
32
34
81
Q2
21
22
24
Second closing coil First opening coil First closing coil Second opening coil Undervoltage coil Ready to close contact
79 77 78 75 76 72 73 74 71
77 75 72
C11 C12 C1 C2
78 76 73 74 71
K51
YC
YC
C1
D1
C2 D1 D2
YO2
45
46 Ne
D2
in alternative
YU
D1
Rca
Ne-
RTC
W3
W4
K1 K2
EKIP Supply
31 32 33 34 41
K51/SIGN K51/SIGN K51/SIGN
I 12 K12 K14 K11 I 11 K13 Vs
K51/..
LOCAL BUS
K1
W4
K2
W3
TU I/O
46 48 45
48
D2
K51
YC
C3
YU YC RTC YO2
YO
C13 C12
C3 C13
YO
C11
31 32 33 34
O 12
K51/SYNC
XSC
48
O 11
K51/SYNC K51/SIGN
8
51 .. .. 58 61 .. .. 66
Module Module Module
VS2
O 22
42
K51/SIGN K51/SIGN
K51/SIGN
I 22
K51/COM
O ORTA COMUNIC. COMMUN. O ORT
W..
Signalling modules e/o Ekip synchro check and/or communication modules and/or redundant communication modules
41 42 43 48 51 .. 61 .. .. 58 .. 66
O 21
K51/SIGN
O 32
43
K51/SIGN K51/SIGN
K51/SIGN
I 32
K51/COM
O ORTA COMUNIC. COMMUN. O ORT RIDONDANTE REDUNDANT
Ne+ Ne-
W..R
O 31
K51/SIGN
K51
27
K51 K51
Rct Rca
K51
Vn Ge
25
K51/MEAS
24
K51/MEAS
Szi
26
K51/MEAS
Current sensor input on external neutral Zone selectivity Transformer star centre sensor input RC residual current protection sensor input Ekip Measuring voltage sockets
YR
27 26 25 24 20 21 22 23 14 13 12 11
V3
N L1 L2 L3
L1 L2 L3
YR
14 13 12 11
K51/SIGN K51/SIGN K51/SIGN K51/SIGN
H4 H3 H2 H1 HC
R1
U1
U2
U2
S51 S33
35
36
38
S33M/2 S51
36 38 35 96 98 95
F1
R2
S33M/1
U1
R2
R1
V2
20
21 22
VN
23
VN V1 V2 V3
YR reset trip coil Motor for loading closing springs Contact for signalling position of loaded springs Trip signalling contact
95
96
H4
I 04
01
K10 K5 K9 K4 K8 K3 K7
H3
K5
K51/SIGN
O 03
02
O 04
EKIP Signalling 4K
K6
K4
H2
K8
K51/SIGN
O 02
H1
K3
I 01
71
72
HC
HC
HC
74
O 01
K7
K51/SIGN
in alternativa
02 04 01 92 94 91 82 84 81 72 74 71 62 64 61 52 54 51
K6 04 K9 K10
K51/SIGN
98
I 03
91
92
94
2 1
I 02
81
82
84 54 64
Q5..Q10
61 51
52
62
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21 22 24 Q2
31 32 34 Q3
41 42 44 Q4
04 K10
D2
Q5..Q10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21 22 24 Q2
31 32 34 Q3
41 42 44 Q4
D2
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
81
A4
8
X XV
12 12 12 14 14 14 22 22 22 24 24 24 32 32 32 34 34 34 42 42 42 44 44 44
A1
Q/1
Q/2
Q/3
Q/4
21
31
XV X
11 11
21 21
31 31
41 41 41
A4
11
51 52 54
61 62 64
HC HC HC
71 72 74
H1 K3 K7
81 82 84
H2 K4 K8
91 92 94
H3 K5 K9
01 02
H4 K6
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21 22 24 Q2
31 32 34 Q3
41 42 44 Q4
04 K10
D2
Q5..Q10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21 22 24 Q2
31 32 34 Q3
41 42 44 Q4
D2
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
77) First closing coil - YC 78) First closing coil with control from protection trip unit - YC, Ekip Com Actuator 79) Second closing coil - YC2
77 + ~ A4 SC SC S43 + ~
78 + ~ SC
79
8
C21 C21 C21
X XV
C1
C1 C1 C1
C1 C1 C3 XK7
C3 C3
K51
Ekip Com Actuator
K51 YC A1
XK7
10
XB3
XB3
XB3
YC
XB3 C2 2 XB3
YC
2
YC2
XB3 C22 4
XV X
C2 C2
C2 C2 C2
C22 C22
A4
77- 78 as an alternative to each other 79 valid only for E2.2 - E4.2 - E6.2
ABB Catalogue | 1SDC200023D0201 | 8/13
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21 22 24 Q2
31 32 34 Q3
41 42 44 Q4
04 K10
D2
Q5..Q10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
R1
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21 22 24 Q2
31 32 34 Q3
41 42 44 Q4
R2
D2
YR
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
75) First opening coil - YO 76) First opening coil with control from protection trip unit - YO, Ekip Com Actuator
75 + ~ A4 + ~ SO S43
76
8
X XV
SO
C13 C13
K51
Ekip Com Actuator
K51 YO A1
XK7 8
XB4
XB4
YO
XB4 C12 2 XB4
YO
2
XV X
C12 C12
A4
51 52 54
61 62 64
HC HC HC
71 72 74
H1 K3 K7
81 82 84
H2 K4 K8
91 92 94
H3 K5 K9
01 02
H4 K6
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21 22 24 Q2
31 32 34 Q3
41 42 44 Q4
04 K10
D2
Q5..Q10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21 22 24 Q2
31 32 34 Q3
41 42 44 Q4
D2
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
Contact ready to close - RTC Second opening coil - YO2 Undervoltage coil - YU Undervoltage coil with external time-lag device - YU, D
71 + ~ A4 SO SO SO1 SO 72 + ~ 73 + ~ 74
8
D1 D1 D1
X XV
46
46 46 48
48 48 D1
D1 D1 D1 1 XB5
D1 D1
XB6
A1 RTC
XB5 1 XB5 1
YO2
XB6 1 XB5 2 XB5
YU
2 XB5
YU
2
D2
D2
XV X
45 45
D2 D2
D2 D2
D2 D2 D2
45
A4 ~ ~ ~
~ ~
D +
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21 22 24 Q2
31 32 34 Q3
41 42 44 Q4
04 K10
D2
Q5..Q10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21 22 24 Q2
D2
1 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
32) Auxiliary supply through module 110-240V AC/DC or 24-48V DC and local bus
32 +/L -/N A4
110-240VAC/DC 24-48VDC K1 K1 K1 K2 K2 K2
Uaux.
X XV
A3
K51 SUPPLY
W3
XV X
W3 W3
W4
W4 W4
A4
(A) (B)
* Q)
W2 (LOCAL BUS)
* I)
51 52 54
61 62 64
HC HC HC
71 72 74
H1 K3 K7
81 82 84
H2 K4 K8
91 92 94
H3 K5 K9
01 02
H4 K6
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21 22 24 Q2
31 32 34 Q3
41 42 44 Q4
04 K10
D2
Q5..Q10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21
22
D2
24
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
Q2
* P)
A4
31 + Uaux.
24VDC
8
K2 K2 K2
X XV
K1
K1 K1
A3
K51
EKIP
W3
XV X
W3 W3
W4 W4 W4 (A) (B)
A4
* Q)
W2 (LOCAL BUS)
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21 22 24 Q2
31 32 34 Q3
41 42 44 Q4
04 K10
D2
Q5..Q10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21
22
D2
24
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
* P)
A4
33 + Uaux.
24VDC
8
X XV
K1 K1
K1
K2 K2 XF1 K2
XF4 XF4
10
KM2
K51 FAN A3
KM2
5 6 1 2 6 7
KM1
3 8 4 9 5 10
M2
W3 W4
RT1
FAN
RT2
RT3
XV X
W3 W3
W4 W4
A4
(A) (B)
* Q)
(LOCAL BUS)
OF ON
OF AL
51 52 54
61 62 64
HC HC HC
71 72 74
H1 K3 K7
81 82 84
H2 K4 K8
91 92 94
H3 K5 K9
01 02
H4 K6
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21 22 24 Q2
31 32 34 Q3
41 42 44 Q4
04 K10
D2
Q5..Q10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
91
92
H3 K5
01 02
H4
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
C1 C11
94
K6 04 K9 K10
C3 C13 D2
C2 C12
nalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
YO
41
42
A4
8
X XV
K11 K11 K11 K12 K12 K12 H11 H11 H11 H12 H12 H12 HC1 HC1 HC1 K21 K21 K21 K22 K22 K22 H21 H21 H21 H22 H22 H22 HC2 HC2 HC2
A3
K51 O 11 SIGN
O 12
I 11
I 12
K51 O 21 SIGN
O 22
I 21
I 22
K13
K14
K23
XV X
K13 K13
K14 K14
K23 K23
K24
K24 K24
A4
* L), * M), * N)
* L), * M), * N)
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21 22 24 Q2
31 32 34 Q3
41 42 44 Q4
04 K10
D2
Q5..Q10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
H3
01 02
H4
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
C1 C11 C C3 C13
K5
K6 04 K9 K10
D2
C2 C12 C
ing 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
YO Y
43
L1
L2
TU2
A B a b
48
A4
8
X XV
K31 K31 K31 K32 K32 K32 H31 H31 H31 H32 H32 H32 HC3 HC3 HC3 KS1 KS1 KS1 VS2 VS2 VS2 VS1 VS1 VS1
A3
K51 O 31 SIGN
O 32
I 31
I 32
K51 O SC SYNC
XV X
K33 K33
K34
K34 K34
KS2
K33
KS2 KS2
A4
* L), * M), * N)
* L), * M), * N)
Ekip Synchrocheck
51 52 54
61 62 64
HC HC HC
71 72 74
H1 K3 K7
81 82 84
H2 K4 K8
91 92 94
H3 K5 K9
01 02
H4 K6
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21 22 24 Q2
31 32 34 Q3
41 42 44 Q4
04 K10
D2
Q5..Q10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
91
92
H3 K5
01 02
H4
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
C1 C11
94
K6 04 K9 K10
C3 C13 D2
C2 C12
nalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
YO
51) Ekip COM Modbus RS-485 52) Ekip COM Modbus TCP 53) Ekip COM Profibus
51 A4
52
53
X XV
* O)
S75I/5
193 194 XK7 1 XK7 2
* O)
S75I/5
193 194 XK7 1 XK7 2
* O)
S75I/5
193 194 1 XK7 2 W5 W5 W6 W6 W6 (A) (B) XK7
A3 K51 COM
K51 COM
RJ45
K51 COM
W9
W1
W2
XV X
W1 W1
W2 W2
A4
(A) (B)
* Q)
BUS 1 BUS 1 BUS 1
* L), * M), * N)
* L), * M), * N)
* L), * M), * N)
W5
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21 22 24 Q2
31 32 34 Q3
41 42 44 Q4
04 K10
D2
Q5..Q10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
H3
01 02
H4
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
C1 C11 C C3 C13
K5
K6 04 K9 K10
D2
C2 C12 C
ing 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
YO Y
54) Ekip COM Profinet 55) Ekip COM Devicenet 56) Ekip COM Ethernet IP
54 A4
55
56
X XV
* O)
S75I/5
193 194 XK7 1 XK7 2
* O)
S75I/5
193 194 XK7 1 XK7 2
* O)
S75I/5
193 194 1 XK7 2
RJ45
XK7
A3 K51 COM
RJ45
K51 COM
K51 COM
W10
W11
W7
W8
XV X
W7 W7
W8 W8
A4
(A) (B)
BUS 1
BUS 1
BUS 1
* L), * M), * N)
* L), * M), * N)
* L), * M), * N)
51 52 54
61 62 64
HC HC HC
71 72 74
H1 K3 K7
81 82 84
H2 K4 K8
91 92 94
H3 K5 K9
01 02
H4 K6
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21 22 24 Q2
31 32 34 Q3
41 42 44 Q4
04 K10
D2
Q5..Q10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
91
92
H3 K5
01 02
H4
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
C1 C11
94
K6 04 K9 K10
C3 C13 D2
C2 C12
nalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
YO
57 A4
58
X XV
* O)
S75I/5
193 194 XK7 1 XK7 2
* O)
S75I/5
193 194 1 XK7 2
RJ45
XK7
A3
Ekip Com IEC61850 Ekip Link
K51 COM
RJ45
K51 COM
W12
W13
XV X
A4
BUS 1
BUS 1
* L), * M), * N)
* L), * M), * N)
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21 22 24 Q2
31 32 34 Q3
41 42 44 Q4
04 K10
D2
Q5..Q10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
H3
01 02
H4
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
C1 C11 C C3 C13
K5
K6 04 K9 K10
D2
C2 C12 C
ing 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
YO Y
61) Ekip COM R Modbus RS-485 Redundant 62) Ekip COM R Modbus TCP Redundant 63) Ekip COM R Profibus Redundant
61 A4
62
63
X XV
K51 COM
W9R
W1R
W2R
W5R
XV X
W1R W1R
W2R W2R
W5R W5R
A4
(A) (B)
* Q)
BUS 2 BUS 2 BUS 2
* L), * M), * N)
* L), * M), * N)
* L), * M), * N)
51 52 54
61 62 64
HC HC HC
71 72 74
H1 K3 K7
81 82 84
H2 K4 K8
91 92 94
H3 K5 K9
01 02
H4 K6
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21 22 24 Q2
31 32 34 Q3
41 42 44 Q4
04 K10
D2
Q5..Q10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
91
92
H3 K5
01 02
H4
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
C1 C11
94
K6 04 K9 K10
C3 C13 D2
C2 C12
nalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
YO
64) Ekip COM R Profinet Redundant 65) Ekip COM R Devicenet Redundant 66) Ekip COM R Ethernet IP Redundant
64 A4
65
66
X XV
A3 K51 COM
RJ45
K51 COM
K51 COM
RJ45
W10R
W11R
W7R
W8R
XV X
W7R W7R
W8R W8R
A4
(A) (B)
BUS 2
BUS 2
BUS 2
* L), * M), * N)
* L), * M), * N)
* L), * M), * N)
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21 22 24 Q2
31 32 34 Q3
41 42 44 Q4
04 K10
D2
Q5..Q10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
71 72 74
H1 K3 K7
81 82 84
H2 K4 K8
91 92 94
H3 K5
01 02
H4
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
K6 04 K9 K10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
Y RTC YO
25) Transformer star centre sensor input 27) Current sensor input on external neutral (only for 3-pole circuit-breakers)
PE
L1
L2
L3
25
27
8
A4
UI/O
4 2 1
UI/N
* G)
X XV
GeGeGeGe+ Ge+ Ge+ NeNeNeNe+ Ne+ Ne+
* H)
A1 K51 K51
EKIP
EKIP
XV X
A4
As an alternative to figure 24
8/26 | 1SDC200023D0201 | ABB Catalogue
51 52 54
61 62 64
HC HC HC
71 72 74
H1 K3 K7
81 82 84
H2 K4 K8
91 92 94
H3 K5 K9
01 02
H4 K6
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21 22 24 Q2
31 32 34 Q3
41 42 44 Q4
04 K10
D2
Q5..Q10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
HC HC HC
71 72 74
H1 K3 K7
81 82 84
H2 K4 K8
91 92 94
H3 K5
01 02
H4
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
K6 04 K9 K10
Q10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
RTC
24
4 3 2 1
RC A4
L1
L2
L3
* F)
X XV
Rca Rca Rca Rct Rct Rct GeGeGeGe+ Ge+ Ge+
A1 K51
EKIP
XV X
A4
As an alternative to figure 25
ABB Catalogue | 1SDC200023D0201 | 8/27
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21 22 24 Q2
31 32 34 Q3
41 42 44 Q4
04 K10
D2
Q5..Q10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
71 72 74
H1 K3 K7
81 82 84
H2 K4 K8
91 92 94
H3 K5
01 02
H4
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
K6 04 K9 K10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
Y RTC YO
22) Ekip Measuring Pro with power sockets inside 3-pole circuit-breaker and connection to generator star centre (residual voltage protection only for Ekip G) 23) Ekip Measuring/Measuring Pro with external voltage transformer
22
N L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 A1 B1
TU1
a1 b1 a2 b2 a3 b3
23
Generator
A2 B2 A3 B3
A4
* E)
X XV
L1 L2 L3 VN VN V3 V3 V2 V2 V1 V1 VN VN V3 V3 V2 V2 V1 V1
A1
Ekip Measuring Pro Ekip Measuring Ekip Measuring Pro
K51 MEAS
K51 MEAS
XV X
A4
51 52 54
61 62 64
HC HC HC
71 72 74
H1 K3 K7
81 82 84
H2 K4 K8
91 92 94
H3 K5 K9
01 02
H4 K6
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21 22 24 Q2
31 32 34 Q3
41 42 44 Q4
04 K10
D2
Q5..Q10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
HC HC HC
71 72 74
H1 K3 K7
81 82 84
H2 K4 K8
91 92 94
H3 K5
01 02
H4
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
K6 04 K9 K10
Q10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
RTC
20) Ekip Measuring/Measuring Pro with voltage sockets inside the circuit-breaker 21) Ekip Measuring/Measuring Pro with voltage sockets inside the three-pole circuit-breaker and connection to the external neutral
20
N
21
A4
X XV
N L1 L2 L3
VN VN
V3 V3
V2 V2
V1 V1 L1 L2 L3
VN VN
V3 V3
V2 V2
V1 V1
A1
Ekip Measuring Ekip Measuring Pro Ekip Measuring Ekip Measuring Pro
K51 MEAS
K51 MEAS
XV X
A4
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21 22 24 Q2
31 32 34 Q3
41 42 44 Q4
04 K10
D2
Q5..Q10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
71 72 74
H1 K3 K7
81 82 84
H2 K4 K8
91 92 94
H3 K5
01 02
H4
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
K6 04 K9 K10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
Y RTC YO
26 A4 X
Szi Szi Szo Szi Szo Szo Gzi Gzi Gzi Gzo Gzo Gzo
XV
26
A4 X
Szi Szo Gzi GziGZi Gzi Gzo Gzo Gzo
A1 XV
K51
(DBi)
GZo (DBo)
EKIP
Szc
A1
K51
SZi (DFi)
SZo (DFo)
GZi (DBi)
GZo (DBo)
XV X A4
Szc
Szc Szc
EKIP
XV X A4
Szc Szc
K51
Szo Gzo
Q1
K51
K51
Szo
Szc
Q2
Q2
K51
Q3
K51
Szc Szi Gzi
Q3
Szo Gzo
Szc Szi
Szo
Gzo Gzi
51 52 54
61 62 64
HC HC HC
71 72 74
H1 K3 K7
81 82 84
H2 K4 K8
91 92 94
H3 K5 K9
01 02
H4 K6
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21 22 24 Q2
31 32 34 Q3
41 42 44 Q4
04 K10
D2
Q5..Q10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
51 52 54
61 62 64
HC HC HC
71 72 74
H1 K3 K7
81 82 84
H2 K4 K8
91 92 94
H3 K5
01 02
H4
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
K6 04 K9 K10
Q5..Q10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
Trip signalling contact - S51 Contact for signalling position of loaded springs - S33 Motor for loading closing springs - M Trip contact reset coil YR
11 12 + ~ A4 SR 13 + ~ 14
8
R1 R1 R1
X XV
96
96 96 98
98 98 36
36 36 38
38 38 U1 XB1
U1 U1
XB7
XB2
2 4
3 2
S33M/1
A1 S51
S33M/2
1
F1 YR
2 R2 U2 U2 R2 R2
XB7
XB2
M
XB1 U2
95
XV X
95 95
35 35 35
A4 ~ ~
* D)
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21 22 24 Q2
31 32 34 Q3
41 42 44 Q4
04 K10
D2
Q5..Q10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
51 52 54
61 62 64
HC HC HC
71 72 74
H1 K3 K7
81 82 84
H2 K4 K8
91 92 94
H3 K5
01 02
H4
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
K6 04 K9 K10
Q5..Q10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
2) Ekip Signalling 4K
A4
8
X XV
K3 K3 K3 K4 K4 K4 K5 K5 K5 K6 K6 K6 H1 H1 H1 H2 H2 H2 H3 H3 H3 H4 H4 H4 HC HC HC
A1
K51 O 01 SIGN
O 02
O 03
O 04
I 01
I 02
I 03
I 04
K10
HC
XV X
K7 K7
K8 K8
K9 K9
K10 K10
HC HC
HC
K7
K8
K9
HC HC
A4
Ekip Signalling 4K
51 52 54
61 62 64
HC HC HC
71 72 74
H1 K3 K7
81 82 84
H2 K4 K8
91 92 94
H3 K5 K9
01 02
H4 K6
95 96 98
35 36 38 U1 U2 M
R1 R2
V3 V2
Vn Ge
NeNe Rca
TU I/O
45 46 48
D1
21 22 24 Q2
31 32 34 Q3
41 42 44 Q4
04 K10
D2
Q5..Q10
EKIP Signalling 4K
S51 S33
EKIP Supply
YU YC RTC YO2
51 5161 61 71 71 81 81 91 91 01 01 HC HC H1H1 H2H2 H3H3 H4H4 52 5262 62 72 72 82 82 92 92 02 02 HC HC K3K3 K4K4 K5K5 K6K6 54 5464 64 74 74 84 84 94 94 04 04 HC HC K7K7 K8K8 K9K9K10 K10
9595 3535
R1 R1
Szi Ge Szi VnGe V3 V3 Vn Szo Szo RctGeGeV2 V2 Rct Gzi Gzo Szc SzcGzi V1 V1Gzo Trip Trip Unit Unit I/O I/O Module Module Module Module Module Module W3 W3 K1 K1 W4 W4 K2 K2 EKIP EKIP Supply Supply
A4
8
X XV
52 52 52 54 54 54 62 62 62 64 64 64 72 72 72 74 74 74 82 82 82 84 84 84 92 92 92 94 94 94 02 02 02 04 01 91 91 01 01 04 04
A1
Q/5
Q/6
Q/7
Q/8
Q/9
Q/10
51
61
71
81
XV X
51 51
61 61
71 71
81 81
A4
91
91
202
204
212
214
222
224
232
234
242
244
252
254
262
264
272
274
Q/11 A4
282 201
Q/12
211
Q/13
221
Q/14
231
Q/15
241
Q/16
251
Q/17
261
Q/18
271
284
292
294
302
304
312
314
322
324
332
334
342
344
Q/19
281
Q/20
291
Q/21
301
Q/22
311
Q/23
321
Q/24
331
Q/25
341
95
A4
XF
102
102 104
104 112
112 114
114 122
122 124
124 132
132 134
134 144
144 142
142 154
154 152 4
152
S75E/1
1
S75E/2
1 2 4 2 4
A3
S75T/1
1
S75T/2
1 4 2 2
S75I/1
1 101 121 131 141
S75I/2
1 151
XF
101
111 111
121
131
141
151
A4
96
A4
XF
104
104 102
102 114
114 112
112 122
122 124
124 132
132 134
134 142
142 144 2
144
S75I/1
1
S75I/2
1 2 4
A3
S75T/1
1 2 4 4
S75E/1
S75E/2
1 1
8
101 121 131 111
XF
101
111
121
131
141 141
A4
97) Supplementary contacts for signalling circuit-breakers in racked-in, test, racked-out position (second set)
97
A4
XF
154
154 152
152 164
164 162
162 172
172 174
174 182
182 184
184 192
192 194 2
194
S75I/3
1
S75I/4
1 2 4
A3
S75T/2
1 2 4 4
S75E/3
1
S75E/4
1
151
161
171
181
XF
151
161
171
181
191 191
A4
98
ALIMENTAZIONE NORMALE Q61/1
6 4 2 8 5 3 1 7
ALIMENTAZIONE DI EMERGENZA
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
Q61/2
5 3 1 7 6 4 2 8
CB1-N
M
CB2-E
M
#
A
1 X11
13 13
X61
1 X12 X14
SOLO PER ATS021
2 3 4
2 3 4
K1
14
K2
14
X13
1 2
21
21
K2
22
K1
22
1 2 3 X21 X22
DO1 DO2
A1
A1
K1
A2
K2
A2
X
XV
C11 C11
X
XV
C1 C1
X
XV
U1 U1
X
XV
C11 C11
X
XV
C1 C1
X
XV
U1 U1
1 2 3
DO3 DO4
S33M 1
43 43
S33M 1
M
ATS021 - ATS022
M
CB1-N
K1
44
K2
44
XV
C12 C12
XV
C2 C2
XV
U2 U2
CB2-E
YO
YC
YO
XV C12 C12
YC
XV C2 C2 XV
U2 U2
99
1L1
1L1
1L1
1L1
KO1
2T1 3L2
KC1
2T1 3L2
KO2
2T1 3L2
KC2
2 3 1 2 3
X21 X22
+ -
Q60
DO1 DO2
2T1 3L2
KO1
4T2 5L3
KC1
4T2 5L3
KO2
4T2 5L3
KC2
4T2 5L3
DO3 DO4
KO1 X
XV
KC1 X
XV
6T3 C1 C1
KO2 X
XV
KC2 X
XV
6T3 C1 C1
U1 U1
X
XV
X
XV
A
U1 U1
ATS021 - ATS022
S33M 1 YO
XV C12 C12
S33M 1
M
CB1-N
CB2-E
YC
XV C2 C2 XV
YO
XV C12 C12
YC
XV C2 C2 XV
M U2 U2
A1
A1
A1
A1
KO1
A2
KC1
A2
KO2
A2
KC2
A2
U2 U2
99
X11
K2
22
K1
14
K1
22
K2
14
3 1 4 2 3
X12
DO1 DO2
21
13
21
13
2 3 4
A1
A1
X22 X13
A2 21
A2 21
X
XV
C11 C11
X
XV
C1 C1
X
XV
U1 U1
X
XV
C11 C11
X
XV
C1 C1
X
XV
U1 U1
X14
SOLO PER ATS021
K1
K2
1 1 2 2
3 1
X21
1 2
DO3 DO4
K2
22 43 A1
K1
22 43 A1
X21
S33M 1 YO
XV
S33M 1
M
2
M
DO1 DO2
ATS021 - ATS022
CB1-N
K1
K1
K2
XV
C12 C11
XV
C2 C1
XV
U2 U1
XV
C12 C11
XV
C2 C1
XV
U2 U1
2 3
X22
44 A2
K2
CB2-E
YC
XV
YO
XV
YC
XV
3
U2 U1
44 A2
C12 C11
C2 C1
XV
U2 U1
C12 C11
C2 C1
XV
DO3 DO4
ATS021 - ATS022
CB1-N
43
43
K1
44
K2
44
XV
C12 C12
XV
C2 C2
XV
U2 U2
CB2-E
YO
YC
YO
XV C12 C12
YC
XV C2 C2 XV
M U2 U2
99
1L1
1L1
1L1
1L1
KO1
2T1 3L2
KC1
2T1 3L2
KO2
2T1 3L2
KC2
2 3 1 2 3 1
X21
+ -
Q60
DO1 DO2
2T1 3L2
99
4T2 5L3
4T2 5L3
4T2 5L3
4T2 5L3
KO1
KC1
KO2
KC2
DO3 DO4
+ + -
1 3
Q60
2 4
KO1 X KO1
XV
KC1 X KC1
XV
KO2 X
XV
KC2 X KC2
XV
U1 U1
X KO2
XV
X
XV
A
U1 U1
3 1
DO2
KO1
KC1
S33M 1
M XV
KO2
KC2
S33M 1
M XV A1 A1 A1 A1
2 3
KO1
U2 U1 U2 U1 A2
DO3 DO4
CB1-N
CB2-E
KO1 YO 6T3
XV
KC1 YC 6T3
XV
KO2
U2 U1 U2 U1
YO 6T3
C12 C11 C12 C11
KC2 X
YC 6T3
C2 C1 C2 C1
KC1
A2
KO2
A2
KC2
A2
X X
C2 C1 C2 C1
X X
XV
X X
XV
X X
ATS021 - ATS022
XV
XV
XV
XV
XV
XV
S33M 1 YO
XV C12 C12
S33M 1
M
CB1-N
CB2-E
YC
XV C2 C2 XV
YO
XV C12 C12
YC
XV C2 C2 XV
M U2 U2
A1
A1
A1
A1
KO1
A2
KC1
A2
KO2
A2
KC2
A2
U2 U2
8
99
1 3
Q60
2 4
2 3 1 2
X21
DO1 DO2
99
DO3 DO4
1 3
Q60
3
2 4
X
XV
C11 C11
X
XV
C1 C1
X
XV
U1 U1
X
XV
C11 C11
X
XV
C1 C1
X
XV
U1 U1
3 1 2
DO2
S33M 1 YO
XV
S33M 1
M
DO3 DO4
CB1-N
X X
XV
C2 C1 C2 C1
XV
X X
U2 U1 U2 U1
CB2-E
YC
YO
XV
YC
XV
M XV
3
U2 U1 U2 U1
X X
C2 C1 C2 C1
X X
XV
XV
XV
XV
XV
XV
ATS021 - ATS022
S33M 1 YO
XV C12 C12
S33M 1
M
CB1-N
XV
C2 C2
XV
U2 U2
CB2-E
YC
YO
XV C12 C12
YC
XV C2 C2 XV
M U2 U2
A
1 X11 2 X61 1 X12 2 3 1 4 2 1 3 2 4
ALIM. MISURE L2 L2 MISURE L2
100
A 3
1 4 2 1 3 2 4 1 1 2 2 3 1 1 2 2 3 3 1 2 3
100
ALIM. MISURE L1 L1
X13X11
X61
X14 X12
X21 X13
DO2
X14 X23
DO1
DO5
ALIM. L1 CB1-N
CB2-E CB1-N
X22X21
X22
X XV 95 95
S51
XV
XF
S75I/1
XF
DO4
DO7 DO8
X25 X24
CB2-E
CB2-E
* *
CB2-E
DO3
DO6
X24 X23
DO5 DO6
96 96
141
142
SEGNALAZIONE DI MODALITA' MANUALE SEGNALAZIONE ALLARME ATS021 SEGNALAZIONE LOGICA DISABILITATA / ABILITATA
CB1-N
X25
XV X S75I/1 XF 95
CB2-E
S51
141
XF
XV X X XV
CB2-E CB1-N
XF
XV S75I/1 S51
* *
XF X
DO7 DO8
95 142
96 96 96 96
141
142 95 95
CB1-N
CB1-N
S11 S51
X XV
XV
X XV 14 14 XV X X
1 2 1 3 2 4 3 4 X31 X31
95 95
CB1-N
LOGICA ABILITATA/DISABILITATA
Q/1
S11 11 11
X XV 11 11X XV 11 11 X XV 11 11
CB2-E CB1-N
Q/1 Q/1
14 14 X XV 14 14
CB2-E
Q/1
XV 14 14
ATS021
ATS021
101) ATS022
A
1
MISURE L1
ALIM. L2
101
X61 1 X12 2 3 1 4 2 1 COMANDO AVVIAMENTO GENERATORE 3 2 4 3 COMANDO ARRESTO GENERATORE X23 X12
MISURE L2 MISURE L2
A 3
1 4 2 1 3 2 4 1 1 2 2 3 1 1 2 2 3 3 1 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 4 3 5 4 5 7 6 8 7 9 8 9 6
X11
101
24...110Vdc
X11 X41
MISURE L1
X61
DO5
CB1-N
DO2
X24 X23
24...110Vdc
X21 X41
DO1
DO5 DO11
1 1 2 2 3 3
COMANDO AVVIAMENTO GENERATORE COMANDO INTERRUTTORE CB3 (VEDERE FIG. 102) COMANDO ARRESTO GENERATORE COMANDO INTERRUTTORE CB3 (VEDERE FIG. 102) SEGNALAZIONE DI ALLARME ATS022
CB2-E CB1-N
X22X21
DO7 DO8
CB2-E
X22
POSIZIONE INTERRUTTORE CB3 (VEDERE FIG. 102) COMANDO AVVIAMENTO GENERATORE (PROGRAMMABILE NA/NC) POSIZIONE INTERRUTTORE CB3 (VEDERE FIG. 102) COMANDO COMMUTAZIONE FORZATA COMANDO AVVIAMENTO GENERATORE (PROGRAMMABILE NA/NC) INGRESSO PROGRAMMABILE COMANDO COMMUTAZIONE FORZATA
XF 141 XF 141 XF XV X 141 95 95 XF
X29
S12
DO3 DO4
X24
DO11
DO6
DI ALLARME ATS022 INTERRUTTORE 1 SEGNALAZIONE ALLARME 4 NON UTILIZZATOMODALITA' MANUALE SEGNALAZIONE NON UTILIZZATOLOGICA DISABILITATA / ABILITATA SEGNALAZIONE SEGNALAZIONE ALLARME INTERRUTTORE
S13 S12 S14 S13 S15 S14 S75I/1 S15 S75I/1 S75I/1 S51 S75I/1 S51 S51
XF 142 XF 142 XF 142 XV X
X29
4 7
X32
X51
X51
# # # #
1 2 3 1
2 X31 1 3 2 X31 4 3 4
X XV 14 14 X XV 14 14 X XV 14 14 X XV 14 14
(A) (B)
BUS 1
INGRESSO PROGRAMMABILE
S11
LOGICA ABILITATA/DISABILITATA
X32
* * * *
XV 11 11 XV
96 XF 96 142 XV X
CB1-N
LOGICA ABILITATA/DISABILITATA
XV X 141 95 95 X XV 95 95
96 XV 96X 96 96
11 11 X XV 11 11
CB2-E CB1-N
X XV 95 95
S51
XV
COM DI4
ATS022
Q/1
XV 11 11
96 96
CB2-E
COM
ATS022
A
POSIZIONE INTERRUTTORE CB3
X XV 14 14
Q/1
XV 11 11
X24
CB3
1 2 3 4 5 X32
DO11
1 2 3
X XV 31 31 X XV 21 21
16
18
Impulse-OFF
KO3
15
16
18
Impulse-OFF
KC3
102
102
10
15
CB3
XV 34 34
Q/3
CB3
Q/2
XV X 22 22
X
XV
C11 C11
X
XV
C1 C1
X
XV
U1 U1 ~ ~ ~
A
POSIZIONE INTERRUTTORE CB3
X XV 14 14
A
POSIZIONE INTERRUTTORE CB3
X X XV
Q/1
X24
X24
CB3
CB3
7 8 9
11 11
14 14
CB3 2
3
11 11
2 3
X24
1 2 3 4
Q/1 6
XV
1 DO11 2 3
Q/1 1 XV
1 2
DO11
16
DO11
KO3
18
Impulse-OFF
16
18
Impulse-OFF
S33M 1
16
18
Impulse-OFF
KO3 YO YC
XV
KO3
M
15
15 16 18
15 16 XV 18 U2Impulse-OFF 15 U2
3
X
16
18
Impulse-OFF
31 31
21
X A1 XV Y1
31 31
XV
A1 Y121 XV
4 CB3 5 6 7 X32
Q/3
CB3
34 34
KO3 Q/2
XV X
A2 22 22
CB3
KC3 Q/3
CB3
X 21 C2 XV 21 C2
KC3 X
KC3
15
A2
X
34 XV 34
X CB3
Q/3
C1
X CB3
Q/2
C11 U1
X
XV
C1 X C1XV
C11
XV X
XV X
5 6 7 8 9
X32
22 XV 34 XV C1 22 34 X
XV 22 U1 XV C11 22 X
U1 X U1XV
C1 C1
X
XV
U1 U1
C11 XV
S33M 1
S33M 1
S33M 1
8
M U2 U2
YO
YC
M YO
YC
YO
C12 XV C12
M U2XV U2 X
YC
C2 C2 XV
CB3
CB3
XV A1 Y1
C12 C12
XV A1 Y1
C2
XV
C12 U2
CB3
XV
C2XV C2 X
8 9
A1 Y1
A1 Y1
KO3
KC3
X KO3
A2
KC3
A2
A1 Y1 C2
KO3
A1 Y1 C12 U2
KC3
ATS 022
ATS 022
A2
ATS 022
A2
A2
A2 ~ ~ ~
CB1-N
M
CB2-E
M
CB1-N
M
CB2-N
M
CB3
M NORMAL SUPPLY EMERGENCY SUPPLY M
CB3
CB3
CB1-N
M
CB1-N CB2-E
M M
CB1-N
M
CB2-E
M
CB2-E
NORMALM SUPPLY EMERGENCY SUPPLY NORMAL SUPPLY 1 NORMAL SUPPLY 2
CB1-N
M
CB1-N
M
CB2-E CB1-N
M M
CB1-N
M
CB2-E
M
CB1-N CB2-E
MM
CB2-N CB1-N
M M
CB2-N
M
CB2-N
M
CB3
M
CB3
M
CB3
M M
CB3
CB3
CB3
CB3
CB3
CB3
+
24/48 VDC
* A)
TO W3-W4 EKIP LINK
+
110-240 VAC/DC
* C)
VDC+ VDC-
L+
L-
A13
O101
O102
O103
O104
O105
O106
O107
O108
O109
O110
I101
I102
I103
I104
I105
I106
I107
I108
I109
I110
I111
K102
K104
K106
K108
K110
K112
K114
K116
K118
K120
H102
H104
H106
H108
H110
H112
H114
H116
H118
H120
H122
K51
EKIP
* A)
XV X
K1 K1
K2 K2
XV X
W3 W3
W4 W4
+
24/48 VDC
* B)
+
110-240 VAC/DC
VDC+
VDC-
L+
L-
ODC+ ODC-
W3 W4
A15
EKIP MULTIMETER
RJ45
K101
K103
K105
K107
K109
K111
K113
K115
K117
K119
H101
H103
H105
H107
H109
H111
H113
H115
H117
H119
H121
W3 W4
W13
105) Application diagram for Ekip Touch, Hi-Touch, G Touch, G Hi-Touch with Power Controller function
105
Q2 - EMAX 2
Q3 - TMAX XT + MOE
+ ~
+ ~
+ ~ JG2-XE3
06 08 08
XV 06 X
96 98 98
12
14 14
XV 96 S51
XV 12 Q/1
S51
ENERGY CLOCK METER
XV 05 JG2-XE3
05
XV 95 X
95
XV 11 X
11
X XV
K1 K1
K2 K2
K3
K4 K4
K5 K5
K6 K6
H1 H1
H2 H2
H3 H3
H4 H4
HC HC
XV K3 X
K11 K12 K12 H11 H11 H12 H12 HC1
XD1 12 XV 12
14 14
Ekip Signalling 4K
XV K11
HC1
JB1-XD2 JA1-XD2
A1
C11
U1
XV U1
S33M/1
K51 SIGN
O 11
O 12
I 11
I 12
K51 SUPPLY
K51 O 01 SIGN
O 02
O 03
O 04
I 01
I 02
I 03
I 04
Q/1
JA1-XD2 XV C11
U1
XV A1
XV U1
XV 11 XV K7
K8 K8 K9 K9 K10 K10
XV HC X
HC
HC HC
XD1 11 A17
MOE
XV W3 XV K13 X
C11 K14 K14
XV W4 X
W4
K7
W3
F1
C1
K13
XV C11
XV C1 M YC XV U2 JA1-XD2
U2
M
XV U2 X ~
U2
YO XV C12 X
C12
YC
(A) (B)
XV C2 X
C2
(LOCAL BUS)
R1 ~ ~
Q2 - EMAX 2
105
Q3 - TMAX XT + MOE
+ ~
+ ~
+ ~ JG2-XE3 XV
06 06 08 08
X XV
96 96
98 98
S51
S51 XV XV X
95 95 05 05
X XV
K1 K1
K2 K2
JG2-XE3
K51 SUPPLY X XV
S33M/1
U1 U1
JB1-XD2 JA1-XD2 XV
A1 A1
C11
JA1-XD2 XV
C11
U1 U1
XV
XV X X XV
C11 C11
W3 W3
XV X
W4 W4 MOE
A17 XD1
12 12 14 14
F1
X XV YC XV X
C1 C1
X XV
12 12
14 14
M
XV X ~
U2 U2
(LOCAL BUS)
XV
YO XV X
Q/1
C2 C2
Q/1 XV XD1
11 11
YC
XV JA1-XD2
U2 U2
C12 C12
XV X
11 11
R1 ~
+ ~
ENERGY CLOCK METER
A13
O101
O102
RJ45
K101
K103
H101
H121
W13
W3 W4
VDC+
VDC-
L+
L-
H103
K105
K107
I101
I111
I102
O103
O104
K102
K104
H102
H122
H104
K106
K108
105
Q4 - EMAX 2 MS Q2 - EMAX 2 Q1 - EMAX 2 WITH EKIP POWER CONTROLLER Q3 - TMAX XT + MOE
+ ~ + ~ + ~
ENERGY CLOCK METER
+ ~
+ ~ JG2-XE3 XV
06 06 08 08
S51
X
K11 K12 K12 H11 H11 H12 H12 HC1 HC1
XV K11
XV X
K1 K1 K2 K2
05 05
X XV
K1 K1
K2 K2
Ekip Signalling 2K-1
JG2-XE3
XV
K51 SIGN
O 11
O 12
I 11
I 12
K51 SUPPLY X XV
S33M/1
U1 U1
XV K13 X
K13
K14 K14
K51 SUPPLY
JB1-XD2 JA1-XD2 XV
A1 A1
C11
JA1-XD2 XV
C11
U1 U1
X XV
S33M/1
U1 U1
X XV
C13 C13
X XV
C3 C3
XV
XV
Ekip Com Actuator
W3 W3
XV X
W4 W4
XV S75I/5 X
W3 W3
XV X
W4 W4 MOE
F1
X XV
C11 C11
X XV
C1 C1
X XV
12 12
14 14
F1
K51 YO
K51 YC
S75I/5
A17 XD1 XV
12 12 14 14
Ekip Link
YO XV X
C12 C12
YC XV X
C2 C2
Q/1 XV X ~
YO XV X
C12 C12
YC XV X
C2 C2
Ekip Link
M
XV X ~
U2 U2
M
U2 U2
K51 COM
RJ45
(A) (B)
K51 COM
RJ45
(A) (B)
Q/1 XV XD1
11 11
YC
XV JA1-XD2
U2 U2
W13
(LOCAL BUS)
W13
(LOCAL BUS)
XV X
11 11
R1 ~
BUS 1
RJ45
A21
RJ45
ETHERNET SWITCH
+ ~ ~
RJ45
K101
K103
H101
W13
RJ45
BUS 1
W3 W4
VDC+ VDC-
L+
L-
H103
K105
K107
A13
O101
O102
I101
I102
O103
O104
K102
K104
H102
H104
K106
K108
Ordering codes
Instructions for ordering Ordering examples General information Automatic circuit-breakers Fixed version for power distribution Withdrawable version for power distribution Fixed version for generators Withdrawable version per generators Switch-disconnectors Fixed version Withdrawable version Version for applications up to 1150VAC Fixed version for applications up to 1000VDC Withdrawable version for applications up to 1000VDC Derived versions Sectionalizing truck Earthing truck Earthing switch with making capacity Fixed parts Accessories Electrical accessories Mechanical accessories Mechanical interlock Ekip modules Terminals 9/57 9/60 9/63 9/64 9/67 9/55 9/55 9/55 9/56 9/46 9/49 9/52 9/53 9/54 9/5 9/21 9/36 9/41 9/2 9/4
Example no. 2
Emax E1.2N 4 poles xed with upper vertical rear (VR) and front (F) terminals (standard supply) 1SDA071513R1 1SDA073946R1 E1.2N 1600 Ekip Dip LSIG 4p F F Kit VR upper E1.2 W FP 4pcs INST
Example no. 3
Emax E4.2H 3 poles xed with upper front terminals (F) and adjustable rear bottom vertical (VR) terminals 1SDA071169R1 1SDA074126R1 1SDA074017R1 E4.2H 3200 Ekip Hi-Touch LSIG 3p F HR Kit F upper E4.2 F 3pcs INST Kit VR lower E4.2 Iu=3200 3pcs INST
Example no. 4
Emax E2.2 2000A 3 poles xed part with spread upper vertical terminals (SVR) and rear bottom adjustable horizontal (HR) terminals (standard supply) 1SDA073909R1 1SDA074059R1 E2.2 W FP Iu=2000 3p HR HR Kit SVR upper E2.2 Iu=2000 3pcs INST
Rating Plug for lower values than rated current. Rating plug installed on the circuit-breaker enables to obtain lower current values than rated current . Example no. 5
Emax E2.2S 2500 4 poles xed In=1600A 1SDA071706R1 1SDA074266R1 E2.2S 2500 Ekip Touch LSIG 4p F HR Rating Plug 1600 E1.2..E6.2 INST
Special version for rated service voltages up to 1150V AC. Upgrade kits for SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers enables the version for applications up to 1150VAC. Example no. 6
Emax E6.2X 6300 4 poles xed for applications up to 1150V AC 1SDA071949R1 1SDA074347R1 E6.2X 6300 Ekip HI-Touch LSIG 4p F HR E6.2X/E Iu=6300 Upgrade Kit 1150V AC 4p
Ordering for Ekip modules . Ekip Supply module enables Ekip Com, Ekip Link, Ekip 2K, Ekip Syncrocheck cartridge modules to be installed. In addition to Ekip Supply modules, up to 3 cartridge modules can be installed on E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2 and up to 2 modules on E1.2. Ekip Fan module can be installed as an alternative of Ekip Supply only on withdrawable version of E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2. In addition to Ekip Fan, up to 2 modules can be installed. Example no. 7
Emax E4.2H 3 poles xed with modules: Ekip Supply, Ekip Com Modbus TCP, Ekip Signalling 2K-1, Ekip Com Modbus TCP Redundant and Ekip Signalling 4K 1SDA071169R1 1SDA074173R1 1SDA074151R1 1SDA074158R1 1SDA074167R1 1SDA074170R1 E4.2H 3200 Ekip Hi-Touch LSIG 3p F HR Ekip Supply 24-48V DC E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Com Modbus TCP E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Com R Modbus TCP E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Sign. 2K-1 E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Sign. 4K E2.2..E6.2
Example no. 8
Emax E4.2H 3 poles xed with modules: Ekip Fan, Ekip Com Ethernet/IP, Ekip Com Modbus RS-485 and Ekip Measuring Pro 1SDA071166R1 1SDA074174R1 1SDA074155R1 1SDA074150R1 1SDA074189R1 E4.2H 3200 Ekip Touch LSIG 3p F HR Ekip Fan 24VDC E2.2..E6.2 Ekip Com Ethernet/IP E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Com Modbus RS-485 E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Measuring Pro E4.2
Example no. 9
Emax E1.2N 4 poles xed with modules: Ekip Supply, Ekip Link 1SDA071513R1 1SDA074172R1 1SDA074163R1 E1.2N 1600 Ekip Dip LSIG 4p F F Ekip Supply 110-240V AC/DC E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Link E1.2..E6.2
Ordering for electrical accessories . All the accessories are available. In particular, up to 3 coils can be ordered for E1.2, whereas up to 4 coils for E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2. Example no. 10
Emax E2.2S 3 poles withdrawable with accessories: opening release, closing release, motor for automatic charging of the springs, second opening release 1SDA072395R1 1SDA073674R1 1SDA073687R1 1SDA073725R1 1SDA073674R1 E2.2S 2000 Ekip Touch LSi LSIG 3p WMP YO E1.2..E6.2 220-240V AC/DC YC E1.2..E6.2 220-240V AC/DC M E2.2...E6.2 220-250V AC/DC YO E1.2..E6.2 220-240V AC/DC
General informations
Fixed circuit-breaker Withdrawable circuit-breaker Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker Fixed part of withdrawable circuit-breaker Rated uninterrupted current Rated current of the rating plug Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Rated short-time withstand current Switch-disconnector Circuit-breakers for 1150V applications Four-pole circuit-breakers with neutral pole at 100% Sectionalizing truck Earthing truck Earthing switch with making capacity Orientable rear terminals Horizontal splayed rear terminals Vertical splayed rear terminals Front terminals Flat terminals Extended front terminals Splayed extended front terminals Front terminals for cables
HR VR SHR VHR F FL
EF ES Fc CuAl
Ekip Dip Ekip Touch Ekip Hi Touch Ekip G Touch Ekip G Hi-Touch L S I G
Protection trip unit for power distribution Measurement and protection trip unit for power distribution Measurement and protection trip unit and network analyzer for power distribution Measurement and protection trip unit for generators Measurement and protection trip unit and protection network analyzer for generators Overload protection Protection against selective short circuit Protection against instantaneous short circuit Earth fault protection Residual current protection Load management protection
FL = Flat terminals
Rc Power Controller
SACE Emax E6.2X/f Full size Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker (MP)
Size E6.2X/f Iu 4000 Icu (440 V) 200 Icw (1s) 120 Type E6.2X/f 4000 Ekip Dip LI E6.2X/f 4000 Ekip Dip LSI E6.2X/f 4000 Ekip Dip LSIG E6.2X/f 4000 Ekip Touch LI E6.2X/f 4000 Ekip Touch LSI E6.2X/f 4000 Ekip Touch LSIG E6.2X/f 4000 Ekip Hi-Touch LSI E6.2X/f 4000 Ekip Hi-Touch LSIG 5000 200 120 E6.2X/f 5000 Ekip Dip LI E6.2X/f 5000 Ekip Dip LSI E6.2X/f 5000 Ekip Dip LSIG E6.2X/f 5000 Ekip Touch LI E6.2X/f 5000 Ekip Touch LSI E6.2X/f 5000 Ekip Touch LSIG E6.2X/f 5000 Ekip Hi-Touch LSI E6.2X/f 5000 Ekip Hi-Touch LSIG 6300 200 120 E6.2X/f 6300 Ekip Dip LI E6.2X/f 6300 Ekip Dip LSI E6.2X/f 6300 Ekip Dip LSIG E6.2X/f 6300 Ekip Touch LI E6.2X/f 6300 Ekip Touch LSI E6.2X/f 6300 Ekip Touch LSIG E6.2X/f 6300 Ekip Hi-Touch LSI E6.2X/f 6300 Ekip Hi-Touch LSIG 4 Poles Code 1SDA073321R1 1SDA073322R1 1SDA073323R1 1SDA073324R1 1SDA073325R1 1SDA073326R1 1SDA073328R1 1SDA073329R1 1SDA073351R1 1SDA073352R1 1SDA073353R1 1SDA073354R1 1SDA073355R1 1SDA073356R1 1SDA073358R1 1SDA073359R1 1SDA073381R1 1SDA073382R1 1SDA073383R1 1SDA073384R1 1SDA073385R1 1SDA073386R1 1SDA073388R1 1SDA073389R1
E1.2B 1000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA070790R1 E1.2B 1250 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA070830R1 E1.2B 1600 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA070870R1
E1.2C 1000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA070800R1 E1.2C 1250 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA070840R1 E1.2C 1600 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA070880R1
E1.2N 1000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA070810R1 E1.2N 1250 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA070850R1 E1.2N 1600 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA070890R1
E2.2N 1000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA070930R1 E2.2N 1250 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA070960R1 E2.2N 1600 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA071000R1 E2.2N 2000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA071040R1 E2.2N 2500 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA071070R1
E2.2S 1000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA070940R1 E2.2S 1250 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA070970R1 E2.2S 1600 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA071010R1 E2.2S 2000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA071050R1 E2.2S 2500 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA071080R1
E2.2H 1000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA070950R1 E2.2H 1250 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA070980R1 E2.2H 1600 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA071020R1 E2.2H 2000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA071060R1 E2.2H 2500 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA071090R1
E1.2B 1000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA072140R1 E1.2B 1250 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA072180R1 E1.2B 1600 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA072220R1
E1.2C 1000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA072150R1 E1.2C 1250 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA072190R1 E1.2C 1600 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA072230R1
E1.2N 1000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA072160R1 E1.2N 1250 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA072200R1 E1.2N 1600 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA072240R1
E2.2N 1000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA072280R1 E2.2N 1250 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA072310R1 E2.2N 1600 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA072350R1 E2.2N 2000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA072390R1 E2.2N 2500 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA072420R1
E2.2S 1000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA072290R1 1250 1600 2000 2500 E2.2H 800 E2.2S 1250 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA072320R1 E2.2S 1600 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA072360R1 E2.2S 2000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA072400R1 E2.2S 2500 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA072430R1
E2.2H 1000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA072300R1 E2.2H 1250 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA072330R1 E2.2H 1600 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA072370R1 E2.2H 2000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA072410R1 E2.2H 2500 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA072440R1
SACE Emax E6.2H-V-X/f Full size Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker (MP)
Size E6.2H/f Iu 4000 5000 6300 E6.2V/f 4000 5000 6300 E6.2X/f 4000 5000 6300 Icu (440 V) 100 100 100 150 150 150 200 200 200 Icw (1s) 100 100 100 100 100 100 120 120 120 Tipo E6.2H/f 4000 Ekip G Touch LSIG E6.2H/f 4000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG E6.2H/f 5000 Ekip G Touch LSIG E6.2H/f 5000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG E6.2H/f 6300 Ekip G Touch LSIG E6.2H/f 6300 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG E6.2V/f 4000 Ekip G Touch LSIG E6.2V/f 4000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG E6.2V/f 5000 Ekip G Touch LSIG E6.2V/f 5000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG E6.2V/f 6300 Ekip G Touch LSIG E6.2V/f 6300 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG E6.2X/f 4000 Ekip G Touch LSIG E6.2X/f 4000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG E6.2X/f 5000 Ekip G Touch LSIG E6.2X/f 5000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG E6.2X/f 6300 Ekip G Touch LSIG E6.2X/f 6300 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 4 Poli Codice 1SDA073307R1 1SDA073310R1 1SDA073337R1 1SDA073340R1 1SDA073367R1 1SDA073370R1 1SDA073317R1 1SDA073320R1 1SDA073347R1 1SDA073350R1 1SDA073377R1 1SDA073380R1 1SDA073327R1 1SDA073330R1 1SDA073357R1 1SDA073360R1 1SDA073387R1 1SDA073390R1
SACE Emax E6.2H-X/MS/f Full size Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker (MP)
Size E6.2H/MS/f Iu 4000 5000 6300 E6.2X/MS/f 4000 5000 6300 Icw (1s) 100 100 100 120 120 120 Type E6.2H/MS/f 4000 E6.2H/MS/f 5000 E6.2H/MS/f 6300 E6.2X/MS/f 4000 E6.2X/MS/f 5000 E6.2X/MS/f 6300 4 Poles Code 1SDA073553R1 1SDA073555R1 1SDA073557R1 1SDA073554R1 1SDA073556R1 1SDA073558R1
Derived versions
Sectionalizing truck - CS
Size E2.2/CS E4.2/CS E6.2/CS Iu 2500 4000 6300 Type E2.2/CS 2500 MP 3p E4.2/CS 4000 MP 3p E6.2/CS 6300 MP 3p 3 poles Code 1SDA074348R1 1SDA074350R1 1SDA074352R1 4 poles Code 1SDA074349R1 1SDA074351R1 1SDA074353R1
Earthing truck - MT
Size E2.2 MT E4.2 MT E6.2 MT E2.2 MT E4.2 MT E6.2 MT Iu 2500 4000 6300 2500 4000 6300 Type E2.2MT 2500 MP Earth connection from upper terminals E4.2MT 4000 MP Earth connection from upper terminals E6.2MT 6300 MP Earth connection from upper terminals E2.2MT 2500 MP Earth connection from lower terminals E4.2MT 4000 MP Earth connection from lower terminals E6.2MT 6300 MP Earth connection from lower terminals 3 poles Code 1SDA074354R1 1SDA074356R1 1SDA074358R1 1SDA074360R1 1SDA074362R1 1SDA074364R1 4 poles Code 1SDA074355R1 1SDA074357R1 1SDA074359R1 1SDA074361R1 1SDA074363R1 1SDA074365R1
Fixed parts
Size E1.2 E2.2 E2.2 E4.2 E4.2 e E4.2V E6.2 E6.2/f E6.2 e E6.2X
Type of terminal HR - HR HR - HR HR - HR HR - HR HR - HR HR - HR HR - HR HR - HR HR - HR
Type E1.2 W FP Iu=1600 HR HR E2.2 W FP Iu=2000 HR HR E2.2 W FP Iu=2500 HR HR E4.2 W FP Iu=3200 HR HR E4.2 W FP Iu=4000 or V HR HR version E6.2 W FP Iu=5000 HR HR E6.2 W FP Iu=5000 HR HR E6.2X W FP Iu=6300 or X HR HR version E6.2 W FP Iu=6300 or X HRHR version
4 Poles Code 1SDA073908R1 1SDA073910R1 1SDA073912R1 1SDA073914R1 1SDA073916R1 1SDA073918R1 1SDA073919R1 1SDA073921R1 1SDA073922R1
Undervoltage release - YU
Size E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 Type YU E1.2..E6.2 24V AC/DC YU E1.2..E6.2 30V AC/DC YU E1.2..E6.2 48V AC/DC YU E1.2..E6.2 60V AC/DC YU E1.2..E6.2 110-120V AC/DC YU E1.2..E6.2 120-127V AC/DC YU E1.2..E6.2 220-240V AC/DC YU E1.2..E6.2 240-250V AC/DC YU E1.2..E6.2 380-400V AC YU E1.2..E6.2 415-440V AC YU E1.2..E6.2 440-500V AC YU E1.2..E6.2 500-550V AC Code 1SDA073694R1 1SDA073695R1 1SDA073696R1 1SDA073697R1 1SDA073698R1 1SDA073699R1 1SDA073700R1 1SDA073701R1 1SDA073703R1 1SDA073704R1 1SDA073705R1 1SDA073706R1
Motor - M
Size E1.2 E1.2 E1.2 E1.2 E1.2 E1.2 E2.2...E6.2 E2.2...E6.2 E2.2...E6.2 E2.2...E6.2 E2.2...E6.2 E2.2...E6.2 E1.2 E1.2 Type M E1.2 24-30V AC/DC M E1.2 48-60V AC/DC M E1.2 100-130V AC/DC M E1.2 220-250V AC/DC M E1.2 380-415V AC M E1.2 440-480V AC M E2.2...E6.2 24-30V AC/DC M E2.2...E6.2 48-60V AC/DC M E2.2...E6.2 100-130V AC/DC M E2.2...E6.2 220-250V AC/DC M E2.2...E6.2 380-415V AC M E2.2...E6.2 440-480V AC M E1.2 24-30V AC/DC + MC 24V M E1.2 48-60V AC/DC + MC 24V M E1.2 100-130V AC/DC + MC 24V M E1.2 220-250V AC/DC + MC 24V M E1.2 380-415V AC + MC 24V M E1.2 440-480V AC + MC 24V M E2.2...E6.2 24-30V AC/DC + MC 24V M E2.2...E6.2 48-60V AC/DC + MC 24V M E2.2...E6.2 100-130V AC/DC + MC 24V M E2.2...E6.2 220-250V AC/DC + MC 24V M E2.2...E6.2 380-415V AC + MC 24V M E2.2...E6.2 440-480V AC + MC 24V Code 1SDA073708R1 1SDA073709R1 1SDA073710R1 1SDA073711R1 1SDA073713R1 1SDA073714R1 1SDA073722R1 1SDA073723R1 1SDA073724R1 1SDA073725R1 1SDA073727R1 1SDA073728R1 1SDA073715R1 1SDA073716R1 1SDA073717R1 1SDA073718R1 1SDA073720R1 1SDA073721R1 1SDA073729R1 1SDA073730R1 1SDA073731R1 1SDA073732R1 1SDA073734R1 1SDA073735R1
E1.2 E1.2 E1.2 E1.2 E2.2...E6.2 E2.2...E6.2 E2.2...E6.2 E2.2...E6.2 E2.2...E6.2 E2.2...E6.2
Lock to prevent door opening when circuit-breaker is in racked-in / test position - DLP
Size E1.2 E2.2...E6.2 Type DLP E1.2 DLP E2.2...E6.2 Code 1SDA073848R1 1SDA073849R1
Circuit-breaker flange
Size E1.2 E1.2 E2.2...E6.2 E2.2...E6.2 E1.2 E2.2...E6.2 E1.2 E2.2...E6.2 E2.2...E6.2 Type IP30 Flange E1.2 F IP30 Flange E1.2 W IP30 Flange E2.2...E6.2 F IP30 Flange E2.2...E6.2 W IP54 Flange different keys E1.2 IP54 Flange different keys E2.2...E6.2 IP54 Flange key No. 20005 E1.2 IP54 Flange key No.20005 E2.2...E6.2 Sealable ange E2.2...E6.2 Code 1SDA073862R1 1SDA073863R1 1SDA073864R1 1SDA073865R1 1SDA073866R1 1SDA073867R1 1SDA073868R1 1SDA073869R1 1SDA073870R1
Separators - PB
Size E1.2 E1.2 E1.2 E1.2 Type FB Separators H=100mm 4pz E1.2 3P FB Separators H=100mm 6pz E1.2 4P FB Separators H=200mm 4pz E1.2 3P FB Separators H=200mm 6pz E1.2 4P Code 1SDA073877R1 1SDA073878R1 1SDA073879R1 1SDA073880R1
Connectivity modules
Size E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2
9/64 | 1SDC200023D0201 | ABB Catalogue
Type Ekip Com Modbus RS-485 Ekip Com Modbus TCP Ekip Com Probus Ekip Com Pronet Ekip Com Devicenet Ekip Com Ethernet/IP Ekip Com IEC61850 Ekip Com R Modbus RS-485 Ekip Com R Modbus TCP Ekip Com R Probus Ekip Com R Pronet Ekip Com R Devicenet Ekip Com R Ethernet/IP Ekip Link Ekip Bluetooth Ekip Com GPRS-M Ekip Com Actuator
Code 1SDA074150R1 1SDA074151R1 1SDA074152R1 1SDA074153R1 1SDA074154R1 1SDA074155R1 1SDA074156R1 1SDA074157R1 1SDA074158R1 1SDA074159R1 1SDA074160R1 1SDA074161R1 1SDA074162R1 1SDA074163R1 1SDA074164R1 1SDA074165R1 1SDA074166R1
Signalling modules
Size E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 E2.2..E6.2 E1.2..E6.2 Type Ekip 2K-1 Ekip 2K-2 Ekip 2K-3 Ekip 4K Ekip 10K Code 1SDA074167R1 1SDA074168R1 1SDA074169R1 1SDA074170R1 1SDA074171R1
Ekip View 5 web access client option license for an unlimited number of circuit-breakers 1SDA074308R1
Accessories Terminals
Kit for terminals - installed for fixed circuit-breaker
Size E1.2 E1.2 E1.2 E1.2 E1.2 E1.2 E1.2 E1.2 E1.2 E1.2 E1.2 E1.2 E2.2 E2.2 E2.2 E2.2 E2.2 E2.2 E2.2 E2.2 E2.2 E2.2 E2.2 E2.2 E4.2 E4.2 E4.2 E4.2 E4.2 E4.2 E6.2 E6.2 E6.2 E6.2 E6.2/f E6.2/f E6.2/f E6.2/f E6.2 E6.2 E6.2/f E6.2/f Version F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F Iu max 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 2000 2000 2500 2500 2000 2000 2500 2500 2000 2000 2500 2500 3200 3200 4000 4000 4000 4000 5000 5000 6300 6300 5000 5000 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 Type Kit EF Upper Kit EF Lower Kit F Upper Kit F Lower Kit ES Upper Kit ES Lower Kit HR Upper Kit HR Lower Kit VR Upper Kit VR Lower Kit FC CuAl 4x240 mm 2 Upper Kit FC CuAl 4x240 mm2 Lower Kit VR Upper Kit VR Lower Kit VR Upper Kit VR Lower Kit SHR Upper Kit SHR Lower Kit SHR Upper Kit SHR Lower Kit SVR Upper Kit SVR Lower Kit SVR Upper Kit SVR Lower Kit VR Upper Kit VR Lower Kit VR Upper Kit VR Lower Kit VR Upper Kit VR Lower Kit VR Upper Kit VR Lower Kit VR Upper Kit VR Lower Kit VR Upper Kit VR Lower Kit F Superiori Kit F inferiori Kit VR Superiori Kit VR Inferiori Kit VR Superiori Kit VR Inferiori 1SDA074036R1 1SDA074039R1 3 Poles Code 1SDA073963R1 1SDA073965R1 1SDA073969R1 1SDA073971R1 1SDA073975R1 1SDA073977R1 1SDA073981R1 1SDA073983R1 1SDA073985R1 1SDA073987R1 1SDA073997R1 1SDA073999R1 1SDA074003R1 1SDA074005R1 1SDA074009R1 1SDA074011R1 1SDA074045R1 1SDA074047R1 1SDA074051R1 1SDA074053R1 1SDA074057R1 1SDA074059R1 1SDA074063R1 1SDA074065R1 1SDA074015R1 1SDA074017R1 1SDA074021R1 1SDA074023R1 1SDA074126R1 1SDA074128R1 1SDA074027R1 1SDA074030R1 1SDA074134R1 1SDA074137R1 4 Poles Code 1SDA073964R1 1SDA073966R1 1SDA073970R1 1SDA073972R1 1SDA073976R1 1SDA073978R1 1SDA073982R1 1SDA073984R1 1SDA073986R1 1SDA073988R1 1SDA073998R1 1SDA074000R1 1SDA074004R1 1SDA074006R1 1SDA074010R1 1SDA074012R1 1SDA074046R1 1SDA074048R1 1SDA074052R1 1SDA074054R1 1SDA074058R1 1SDA074060R1 1SDA074064R1 1SDA074066R1 1SDA074016R1 1SDA074018R1 1SDA074022R1 1SDA074024R1 1SDA074127R1 1SDA074129R1 1SDA074028R1 1SDA074031R1 1SDA074135R1 1SDA074138R1 1SDA074029R1 1SDA074032R1 1SDA074136R1 1SDA074139R1 1SDA074037R1 1SDA074040R1 1SDA074038R1 1SDA074041R1
Accessories Terminals
Kit for terminals - installed for fixed part of withdrawable circuit-breaker
Size E1.2 E1.2 E1.2 E1.2 E1.2 E1.2 E1.2 E1.2 E2.2 E2.2 E2.2 E2.2 E2.2 E2.2 E2.2 E2.2 E2.2 E2.2 E2.2 E2.2 E2.2 E2.2 E4.2 E4.2 E4.2 E4.2 E4.2 E4.2 E4.2 E4.2 E6.2 E6.2 E6.2/f E6.2/f E6.2 E6.2 E6.2/f E6.2/f E6.2 E6.2 E6.2/f E6.2/f E6.2 E6.2 E6.2/f E6.2/f Version W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W Iu max 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 2000 2000 2500 2500 2000 2000 2500 2500 2000 2000 2500 2500 2500 2500 3200 3200 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 5000 5000 5000 5000 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 Type Kit EF Upper Kit EF Lower Kit VR Upper Kit VR Lower Kit ES Upper Kit ES Lower Kit SHR Upper Kit SHR Lower Kit VR Upper Kit VR Lower Kit VR Upper Kit VR Lower Kit SHR Upper Kit SHR Lower Kit SHR Upper Kit SHR Lower Kit SVR Upper Kit SVR Lower Kit SVR Upper Kit SVR Lower Kit FL Upper Kit FL Lower Kit VR Upper Kit VR Lower Kit VR Upper Kit VR Lower Kit F Upper Kit F Lower Kit FL Upper Kit FL Lower Kit VR Upper Kit VR Lower Kit VR Upper Kit VR Lower Kit VR Upper Kit VR Lower Kit VR Upper Kit VR Lower Kit F Upper Kit F Lower Kit F Upper Kit F Lower Kit FL Upper Kit FL Lower Kit FL Upper Kit FL Lower 1SDA074081R1 1SDA074084R1 1SDA074106R1 1SDA074109R1 1SDA074036R1 1SDA074039R1 3 Poles Code 1SDA073939R1 1SDA073941R1 1SDA073945R1 1SDA073947R1 1SDA073951R1 1SDA073953R1 1SDA073957R1 1SDA073959R1 1SDA074003R1 1SDA074005R1 1SDA074009R1 1SDA074011R1 1SDA074045R1 1SDA074047R1 1SDA074051R1 1SDA074053R1 1SDA074057R1 1SDA074059R1 1SDA074063R1 1SDA074065R1 1SDA074069R1 1SDA074071R1 1SDA074015R1 1SDA074017R1 1SDA074021R1 1SDA074023R1 1SDA074098R1 1SDA074100R1 1SDA074075R1 1SDA074077R1 1SDA074027R1 1SDA074030R1 4 Poles Code 1SDA073940R1 1SDA073942R1 1SDA073946R1 1SDA073948R1 1SDA073952R1 1SDA073954R1 1SDA073958R1 1SDA073960R1 1SDA074004R1 1SDA074006R1 1SDA074010R1 1SDA074012R1 1SDA074046R1 1SDA074048R1 1SDA074052R1 1SDA074054R1 1SDA074058R1 1SDA074060R1 1SDA074064R1 1SDA074066R1 1SDA074070R1 1SDA074072R1 1SDA074016R1 1SDA074018R1 1SDA074022R1 1SDA074024R1 1SDA074099R1 1SDA074101R1 1SDA074076R1 1SDA074078R1 1SDA074028R1 1SDA074031R1 1SDA074029R1 1SDA074032R1 1SDA074037R1 1SDA074040R1 1SDA074038R1 1SDA074041R1 1SDA074107R1 1SDA074110R1 1SDA074108R1 1SDA074111R1 1SDA074082R1 1SDA074085R1 1SDA074083R1 1SDA074086R1
3 Poles Code 1SDA073967R1 1SDA073973R1 1SDA073979R1 1SDA073989R1 1SDA074001R1 1SDA074007R1 1SDA074013R1 1SDA074049R1 1SDA074055R1 1SDA074061R1 1SDA074067R1 1SDA074019R1 1SDA074025R1 1SDA074130R1 1SDA074132R1 1SDA074033R1
4 Poles Code 1SDA073968R1 1SDA073974R1 1SDA073980R1 1SDA073990R1 1SDA074002R1 1SDA074008R1 1SDA074014R1 1SDA074050R1 1SDA074056R1 1SDA074062R1 1SDA074068R1 1SDA074020R1 1SDA074026R1 1SDA074131R1 1SDA074133R1 1SDA074034R1 1SDA074035R1 1SDA074043R1 1SDA074044R1 1SDA074141R1 1SDA074144R1 1SDA074142R1 1SDA074145R1
Accessories Terminals
Kit for terminals - loose supply for fixed part of withdrawable circuit-breaker
Size E1.2 E1.2 E1.2 E1.2 E2.2 E2.2 E2.2 E2.2 E2.2 E2.2 E2.2 E4.2 E4.2 E4.2 E4.2 E4.2 E6.2 E6.2/f E6.2 E6.2/f E6.2 E6.2 E6.2/f E6.2/f E6.2 E6.2/f Version W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W Iu max 1600 1600 1600 1600 2000 2500 2000 2500 2000 2500 2500 3200 4000 4000 4000 4000 5000 5000 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 Type Kit EF Kit Adjustable HR/VR Kit ES Kit SHR Kit Adjustable HR/VR Kit Adjustable HR/VR Kit SHR Kit SHR Kit SVR Kit SVR Kit FL Kit Adjustable HR/VR Kit Adjustable HR/VR Kit F Upper Kit F Lower Kit FL Kit Adjustable HR/VR Kit Adjustable HR/VR Kit Adjustable HR/VR Kit Adjustable HR/VR Kit F Upper Kit F Lower Kit F Upper Kit F Lower Kit FL Kit FL 1SDA074087R1 1SDA074112R1 1SDA074115R1 1SDA074042R1 3 Poles Code 1SDA073943R1 1SDA073949R1 1SDA073955R1 1SDA073961R1 1SDA074007R1 1SDA074013R1 1SDA074049R1 1SDA074055R1 1SDA074061R1 1SDA074067R1 1SDA074073R1 1SDA074019R1 1SDA074025R1 1SDA074102R1 1SDA074104R1 1SDA074079R1 1SDA074033R1 4 Poles Code 1SDA073944R1 1SDA073950R1 1SDA073956R1 1SDA073962R1 1SDA074008R1 1SDA074014R1 1SDA074050R1 1SDA074056R1 1SDA074062R1 1SDA074068R1 1SDA074074R1 1SDA074020R1 1SDA074026R1 1SDA074103R1 1SDA074105R1 1SDA074080R1 1SDA074034R1 1SDA074035R1 1SDA074043R1 1SDA074044R1 1SDA074113R1 1SDA074116R1 1SDA074114R1 1SDA074117R1 1SDA074088R1 1SDA074089R1
Contact us
www.abb.com
ABB SACE A division of ABB S.p.A. L.V. Breakers Via Baioni, 35 24123 Bergamo Phone: +39 035 395.111 Fax: +39 035 395.306-433
The data and illustrations are not binding. We reserve the right to modify the contents of this document on the basis of technical development of the products, without prior notice.